Skip to main content

Full text of "Mongolia Manchuria Kiaochow Weihaiwei Peace Handbooks 68 72 1920"

See other formats


u 


HANDBOOKS PREPARED UNDER-THE DIRECTION OF THE 
HISTORICAL SECTION OF THE FOREIGN OFFICE.— No. 68 


MONGOLIA 


LONDON : 
PUBLISHED BY H.M. STATIONERY OFFICE. 

1920 


EDITORIAL NOTE 

In the spring of 1917 the Foreign. Office, in connexion 
with the preparation which they were making for the work 
of the Peace Conference, established a special section whose 
duty it should be to provide the British Delegates to the 
Peace Conference with information in the most convenient 
form — geographical, economic, historical, social, religious, and 
political — respecting the different countries, districts, islands, 
&c, with which they might have to deal. In addition, 
volumes were prepared on certain general subjects, mostly 
of an historical nature, concerning, which it appeared that a 
special study would be useful. 

The historical information was compiled by trained writers 
on historical subjects, who (in most cases) gave their services 
without any remuneration. For the geographical sections 
valuable assistance was given by the Intelligence Division 
(Naval Staff) of the Admiralty ; and for the economic sections, 
by the War Trade Intelligence Department, which had been 
established by the Foreign Office. Of the maps accompanying 
the series, some were prepared by the above-mentioned depart- 
ment of the Admiralty, » ut the bulk of them were the work 
of the Geographical Section of the General Staff (Military 
Intelligence Division) of the War Office. 

Now that the Conference has nearly completed its task, 
the Foreign Office, in response to numerous inquiries and 
requests, has decided to issue the books for public use, 
believing that they will be useful to students of history, 
politics, economics, and foreign affairs, to publicists generally 
and to business men and travellers. It is hardly necessary 
to say that some of the subjects dealt with in the series have 
not in fact come under discussion at the Peace Conference ; 
but, as the books treating of them contain valuable informa- 
tion, it has been thought advisable to include them. 


It must be understood that, although the series of volumes 
was prepared under the authority, and. is now issued with 
the sanction, of the Foreign Office, that Office is not to be 
regarded as guaranteeing the accuracy of every statement 
which they contain or as identifying itself with all the opinions 
expressed in the several volumes ; the books were not prepared 
in the Foreign Office itself, but are in the nature of information 
provided for the Foreign Office and the British Delegation. 

The books are now published, with a few exceptions, 
substantially as they were issued for the use of the Delegates. 
No attempt has been made to bring them up to date, for, in 
the first place, such a process would have entailed a great 
loss of time and a prohibitive expense ; and, in the second, 
the political and other conditions of a great part of Europe 
and of the Nearer and Middle East are still unsettled and in 
such a state of flux that any attempt to describe them would 
have been incorrect or misleading. The books are therefore 
to be taken as describing, in general, ante-bellum conditions, 
though in a few cases, where it seemed specially desirable, 
the account has been brought down to a later date. 


January 1920. 


G. W. PROTHERO, 

General Editor and formerly 
Director of the Historical Section. 


Mongolia] 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL 


(1) 


(2) 


(3) 
(4) 
(5) 


( 6 ). 


Position and Frontiers 

Mongol-Siberian Frontier 

Mongol-Manchurian Frontier . 

Southern Frontier . 

Southern Border of Outer Mongolia 

General Observations 
Surface, Lakes, and River System 

Surface 

(a) North-west Mongolis 
(6) Gobi . 

Lakes and River System 
Climate . 
Sanitary Conditions 
Race and Language 

Race 

Language 
Population 

Distribution . 

Towns . 


II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

Chronological Summary . - 

(1) Outline of Early History . . 

(2) Inner Mongolia . - 

(3) Outer Mongolia .... 

(4) Attempts by China to tighten Control. Inter 

vention of Russia . 

(5) Outer Mongol Princes declare Independence 

1911 ...... 

(6) Russo-Mongol Agreement, 1912 . 

(7) Mongol-Tibetan Treaty, 1913 . 

(8) Russo-Chinese Declaration, 1913 

(9) Russo-Mongol Railway and Telegraph Agree 
- ments, 1914 . 

(10) Tripartite Treaty of Kiakhta, 1915 . 

(11) Russo-Chinese Agreement as to the Bariikh 

Country, 1915 .... 

Authorities . 
Maps ...--- 

Wt. 9014/849. 1000. 6/20. O.U.P. 


PAGE 

1 
1 

2 
2 
3 
3 


4 

6 

8 

10 

11 

11 
13 

13 
14 


15 
15 
16 
16 

17 

18 
19 
20 
21 

22 
22 

23 

24 
24 


I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND 
POLITICAL 


(1) Position and Frontiers 

The vast territory generally known as Mongolia lies 
to the north and north-west of China proper, roughly 
between latitudes 37° and 54° north and longitudes 83° 
and 122° east. It is wholly inland and nowhere ap- 
proaches the sea. On the north-west it is bounded by 
the Siberian province of Tomsk ; on the north by the 
provinces of Yeniseisk, Irkutsk, and Transbaikalia ; 
on the east by Manchuria ; on the south by the Chinese 
provinces of Chihli, Shansi, Shensi, and Kansu, and 
the Chinese colony of Sinkiang or the New Dominion ; 
and on the west by Sinkiang and the Siberian pro- 
vinces of Semiretchensk and Semipalatinsk. The area 
is said to be about 1,367,600 square miles. 

Mongol-Siberian Frontier. — The frontier between 
Mongolia and Siberia has been the subject of negotia- 
tion between the Russian and Chinese Governments at 
different times from 1689 to 1915, and as it exists it 
is recorded in (1) the Treaty of Kiakhta, 1727 ; (2) the 
Treaty of Peking, 1860 ; (3) the Protocol of Chugu- 
chak, 1864 ; (4) the Treaty of St. Petersburg, 1881 ; 
and (5) the Treaty of Tsitsihar, 1911. 

The early demarcations of this frontier for the most 
part followed the local divisions recognized by the 
nomad Mongols who were subject to the two empires 
of Russia and China respectively. Wherever possible 
mountains and* rivers were used as boundaries, but 
in some cases large plains were divided and marks 
erected upon them to show the national divisions. 
Prom the Great Altai range in the north-west of the 
country, the boundary follows an irregular course 


GEOGRAPHY 


[No. 68 


north-eastwards, crossing the western extremity of 
the Tannu-ola range, until the Syansk Mountains are 
reached. The line, cutting across the course of the 
Yenisei, then follows this range along its whole 
length, and after passing the northern end of Lake '. 
Kossogol, along the continuation of the same chain 
eastwards. It crosses the middle course of the Selenga 
(leaving the greater part of the fertile Chikoi valley to 
-Russia) and the upper waters of the Onon, ending near 
the station called Manchuria on the Siberian Railway. 
Mongol-Manchurian Frontier.— -The limits of Mon- 
golia on the east, towards Manchuria, though well 
~ n own to the Mongols and Chinese locally, are not 
derined with precision in any documents or on any 
reliable maps. Around the lakes Dalai Nor and 
•J ir ?° r dwe11 the Bar "khs, who should be con- 
sidered as Mongols, and, if their territory is included 
in -Mongolia, the boundary must be in the neighbour- 
hood of the Khingan Mountains (a range running 
north and south in longitude 117° to 121° east), f 
whence it turns .east about 47° north latitude 
towards the Nonni river. Hereabouts it turns again 
SL? f en ^ al though irregular southerly and south- 
westerly direction to the valley of the *Shara-muren, 
a branch of the Liao river of South Manchuria, 
bnn^ ■ Fr ™per.~The southern and south-western 
oTm^T ? f ^ on g° lia > stretching from the confines 
KnSS^??*- m J he east to the neighbourhood of j 
mUev\l } ? the west ~ a distance of over 3,000 ' 
SKlW ^fS° ^ ever been Precisely defined. From . 
southlnJ o t |h^-muren the line passes over the 
^'lil^?? 1,gailran « e and ^ong the rim of 
RiverTneirS P* ateau *° the Hwang ho (Yellow 
Shans . H er f Tt S tmg £ uku -hoto) in north-west 
for a sWt iL oUoWB the H^ang-ho southward 
across the 0r dn t^ 6 ' , aad ^nues south-west 
Wall tc th Pvtnitv P > al ?T ng ^ line of the Great 
a general ZtVZtZrtl V™^' ^ence it takes 
land of the western OoW ? lr ff lon °™v the arid table- 
ne western Gobi to the oasis of Barkul (about 


Mongolia] POSITION AND FRONTIERS 3 

43° 30' north, 93° east). In this neighbourhood it 
turns westward to the Russian frontier in the Altai 
Mountains north of Kuldja (Hi). 

Southern Border of Outer Mongolia. — By a Declara- 
tion of November 5, 1913, subscribed to by Russia and 
China, Outer Mongolia was erected into an autonomous 
state in Chinese territory and thereby differentiated 
from the remainder of Mongolia. The Declaration 
temporarily evaded the difficulties caused by the absence 
of any properly delimited boundaries by defining 
Outer 'Mongolia as the territory formerly under the 
jurisdiction of the Chinese Ambans at Urga, Uliasutai, 
and Kobdo. In the tripartite Treaty of Kiakhta, 
June 7, 1915, provision was made for a formal delimita- 
tion of Outer Mongolia within two years from that date. 

General Observations. — Along the east and south-east 
frontier, bordering on Manchuria and the provinces 
of Chihli and Shansi, the colonization of Inner Mongol 
territories by the Chinese has been steadily in progress 
for a century. Wherever this has taken place, the 
jurisdiction of the Chinese settlers has passed to 
Chinese officials, the Mongol princes ruling their own 
people only and gradually losing all territorial authority. 
This has been especially the case in West Manchuria 
(Taonanfu) and Outer Chihli (Chengtehfu). For this 
reason no demarcation of boundaries between Chinese 
and Mongol territory would hold good for more than 
a short period. 

The existing frontiers of these regions may be said 
to be ethnical, and mark the general limits of the nomad 
Mongols and their grazing-grounds. On the south-west, 
west, and north-west of Mongolia the barriers are 
ranges of mountains, and may be regarded as geo- 
graphical frontiers. On the north, from the Syansk 
chain right away to the Argun river, the boundary is 
a political' one, carried nearly two centuries ago 
through territories sparsely populated by nomads, 
with no special regard to physical features. The main 
principle in the demarcation appears to have been 
a division of the tribes into those who had been brought 

B 2 


GEOGRAPHY 


[No. 68 


into contact with, or had acknowledged, Russian 
dominion, and those who had not. 

On the east and south-east, towards Manchuria and 
China proper, there is a boundary question which has 
arisen from the inroads of Chinese settlers. To avoid 
acute disputes in future it would seem \ desirable to 
delimit the whole of these sections of the Inner Mongol 
frontier in the same way as the north frontier of Outer 
Mongolia has been demarcated. There are no accurate 
surveys of these regions, and until such are available 
no practical suggestions can be offered. 

There is a possibility of a rather similar question 
arising in connexion with the Urianghai country lying 
between the Syansk and Tannu-ola Mountains, as 
a number of Russian settlers have penetrated this 
district, and Russian jurisdiction is being exercised 
over them. It has been suggested by Russia that 
the Chinese were in error in setting their boundary 
at the Syansk range, and that the real frontier is the 
Tannu-ola, along which a line of cairns is said to.be 
still discernible. Article I of the Protocol of Chugu- 
chak (1864) seems to make it quite clear that the 

5r anSl ! ridge is the P ro P er limit , and in any case, if 
there has been a mistake, a reference to the map 
attached to the Protocol, which was prepared in 
quadruple but has not been published, should settle 
all doubts. 

(2) Surface, Lakes, and River System 

Surface 

Mongolia consists almost entirely of an immense 

upland which has been divided by geographers into 

two mam regions North-west Mongolia Ind the Gobi. 

wi?l5° A W6St . Mon 9°}™ ^ general is a mountainous 

The tW fnV e ^° n l W ^ Ch may be ^tiered under 
the three following headings : (1) Urianghai • (2^ the 
lake region ; (3) Tarbagatai and the St vallev 

Unanghai, the mountain-girt northern division 
occupies the upper Yenisei ba'sin, and i waW by 


Mongolia] FRONTIERS; SURFACE 5 

its tributaries of the Kemchik and Ulu Kern. The 
floor of the basin at its lowest is 1,700 ft. (500 metres) 
above sea-level, but it is hilly throughout, and the beds 
of the rivers probably have an average height of 3,00C • it. 
(900 metres). The border range on the north, the 
Syansk, encloses about half the basin ; the Tannu-ola 
the rest. Neither range is lofty, the summits only m 
a few instances rising higher than 7,000 or 8,000 ft. 
(2,100 to 2,400 metres). - 

The middle, or lake region, extends from the lannu- 
ola south-westwards to the Mongolian Altai (Jigtagh) 
south of Kobdo. It is composed of a succession ol 
lake basins, which vary in altitude from that of U bs a 
Nor (2,400 ft., 730 metres) and Kirghis Nor ■{j,™ "•» 
-820 metres) to that of Kara-ussu Nor (3,800 it., Mt>u 
metres) and Urin Nor (4,800 ft., 1,460 metres), divided 
bv irregular ridges which rise about 2,000 it. (buu 
metres) above the general level. The Altai is a true 
border-range, mounting in a steep escarpment irom 
the Dzungarian depression. In the west its summits 
tower above the snow-line; in the east they barely 
touch it. In the Sailughem Mountains, the backbone 
of the Altai region, which bound both the lake region 
and Urianghai on the west, the snow-line runs at 
6,700 ft. (2,000 metres) on the north versant and 
7,800 ft. (2,400 metres) on the south, and the peaKs 
rise 3,000 or 4,000 ft., (900 or 1,200 metres) higher still. 

Tarbagatai (Ghuguchak), the extreme south-west pro- 
jection of this part of the country, is hilly, but contains 
the most low-lying part of the Dzungarian depression 
in the Emil valley? The elevation at Telli Nor is 950 ft. 
(290 metres), and atUlungur Nor 1,500 ft. (450 metres) 
while the valley of the Urungu drams the .south ^flanks 
of the middle Altai at an altitude of 1,500-2,000 it. 
(450-600 metres). The Urungu valley is the north- 
eastern part of the Dzungarian depression, which lies 
between the Altai and the T'ien Shan (Celestial Moun- 

^Urianghai is a forest country, and when the forests 
fail there are meadows covered with excellent pasture. 


GEOGRAPHY' 


D 


No. 68 


The forests decrease as one goes south, and the Tannu- 
■ ola appears to be their limit. For the rest, the greater 
part of North-west Mongolia is dry prairie covered with 
gravel. 

(6) Gobi.— The so-called Gobi terrace may be divided 
conveniently into (1) Outer Mongolia, (2) the Gobi 
proper, (3) Inner Mongolia. 

Outer Mongolia is a wide zone on the northern slope 
ol the Mongolian plateau, and comprises the country 
between the Khanghai Mountains on the west, the 
Kiimgan range on the east, the Russian frontier on 
the north, and the Gobi proper on the south. It 
includes the basins of the upper Selanga, of the upper 
Onon (a branch of the Shilka, the Siberian constituent 
ol the Amur), and of the Kerulon. The highest eleva- 
tions are found to the south of the region, just before 
the Gobi depression is reached ; and to the north the 
n RnnI gr ^ Ually descend s towards the Baikal Lake 

i - + i ' °° metres ) a nd the Amur valley. 

in the north the surface is diversified. The more 
S 1 mountains are everywhere wooded, and the 
river basins possess good pasture, but when the foot- 
Xf 6 r . eached * he vegetation is scanty, especially 
oftS\ r ? gl ° n n ° rth ° f the Kerulon - The soil is poor, 

lT'r eXCept alon S the ri ™> but near the 

ll it fr ° n if r ™ n ? of ^e valleys are very fertile. 

weathetdThv n° Ut ! r M ° n S olia the surfac ^ is - more 
S? ?1?' M1S and ran § es have lo ™ and broader 
Jl™. 18 an en ^e absence of trees, and the 
Mongol pnurie merges into the almost barren Gobi. 

detvLt^lJTZ c ° m P rises the ^eper part of the 
STCSS 1 + theil \ terior of the lower terrace of 
of counZ ™ P i ate f u ' and c °vers an immense stretch 
MoSa 7 m , U p ch p of + w ^ch lies beyond the limits of 
we fre he J ,n Gntra i and Ea ^ Gobi, with which 

Kansu north ppT'TH 6J ? end fr ° m Sinkian S and 
Nor aXoxiZtr if ^ the nei g hb ^hood of Buir 

T v a p n p d ^^^^ T f. and 47 ° 

of gravel, sand , and rock ^IX^g^ 


Mongolia! 


SURFACE 


broad-capped ranges and detached hills, which are 
much denuded and disintegrated. The altitude varies 
from 3,000 ft. (900 metres) on the east to 5,00U it. 
(1,500 metres) on the south and west. 

The Gobi is crossed in many directions by the caravan 
routes between China on the south-east and Outer 
Mongolia, Sinkiang, and North-west Mongolia ;. but 
there appears to be no part of it which is capable ol 
permanent settlement. There are no rivers ; the laKes 
are few and small, and for the most part brackish ; 
and water is everywhere lacking except during the 

short rainv Season. ■ , -u ■*. inn l? , \ 

Inner Mongolia extends from Kansu (about 10U i,.j 
to Manchuria (about 122° E.), an^ from the Chinese 
provinces of Shensi, Shansi, and Chihh north-westwards 
to the Gobi. The surface is extremely diversified. In 
Alashan, which fills the space between the great bend ol 
the Hwang-ho (Yellow River) and the Edsm Gol valley, 
the country is level, with a general altitude of 3,300 to 
5,000 ft. (1,000 to 1,500 metres): for hundreds ol 
miles there is nothing to be -seen but bar .e, sa ™ s ' 
which are waterless, alternating either with saline 
clays, or,, nearer the mountains, with barren shingle 
Alashan is separated from Kansu by the eastern part 
of the Nan Shan Mountains, a narrow range with an 
average altitude of 10,500 to 11,000 ft. (3,200 to 3,500 

^The'ordos region lies east of Alashan, within .the 
loop of the Hwtng-ho. It is, for the most part a 
level steppe partly bordered by low hills. The soil 
is altogether sandy or a mixture of clay and and 
ill 'adapted for agriculture. The absolute height ^o this 
country is between 3,000 and 3,500 ft. (900 , and £060 
metres), so that Ordos forms an intermediate step _ m 
the descent towards China. The northern part of the 
loop is filled with a succession of sand-dunes. ■ 

North of the Ordos, .beyond the Hwang-ho there, 
is a succession of mountain ranges, including theln. 
shan, which connect eastward with the Khmgan Moun- 
tains. These mountains have well-watered valleys and 


8 


GEOGRAPHY 


[No, 


f ^ nt f Ve if et ^' Alon g the Hwang-ho there is 

tivfS? 1° n^ Vlal land ' thickl y Populated and cul- 
tivated by Chinese settlers. 

hnr^ e nl - Untry ° f the ' F °rty-nine Banners ' which 
f fl r«t ^ c pr ° per from the Hwang-ho bend as 

betwLi % JS*" 5 ? ° f Ma nchuria, the altitude varies 
witW» t '-• and 5 > 400 f t- (660 and 1,600 metres), 
East S^ 8 Tm * g I?? 00 ft ( 600 metres ) ^ove this level. 
SSl ^ 6 T m Khln S an ^e descent is comparatively 
bourhnnJ OUg ^ *£ &hru ^' to the Taonanfu neigh- 
(300 ^tlT T 6 * T he avera S e altitude is ™a™ 1^00 ft. 
ST , + i n J? nev Mon golia generally small lakes 
rthe m Tr % n 1 th f de P^ssions, though the water 
oHW-Rni ene " a1 ^ Salt or b rackish. The greater part 
and mnoh ST • Ba ^ erS ' Countr y is fair S^mg land, 
as onT?nl ** V mte suitable *» agriculture, but 
to the £v "° rth fr ,° m ° uter Chihli the «oil is similar 
the dry prame of north and west Mongolia. 

Lakes and River System 

-riv^nT? a L^°T Ha ? ab ^dantly supplied with 
upper tribuwfp f U + l la ^ hai oc ^ P ies the basin of the 

anTthe ' Dlu Kern \ J?T> l™™ as the Kemchik 
junction of theBpfTTo ^f bein § for med by the 
of this basin Lv!T and the Khua Kern. The area 
the east of Tt hell? abou * 6 i>000 square miles, and to 

lake, at an mZfZl^^T^ * ^ ^SJT 
region are mostlv lii , The lakes m the middle 
outlet to thHceL T^ *™ ckish >' and possess no 
(altitude 2,400 ft „; 7<fn ^ of these is Ubsa Nor 
Part of a large n'fain ? j netre ?)' -Occupying the lowest 
giver Tess. FartS'so^" 606 ^ fro ™ the east the 
Nor (2,700 ft , or 820 ^ "? ^ Sister lakes Eir S Ws 
receive another large rf^T* L*°i A J7 k Nor ' which 
Kungui. Near Kobclo 3 t h l Za P kb yn, and Lake 

nver, rising in the Altai Si £ tW south > tbe Kobdo 
or 1,160 mitres) Xh'i^K^a-ussu Nor (3,800 ft., 
large lake, T>w£^^^^^ed with another 

»* snort distance to the east. In 


Monona] LAKES AND RIVER SYSTEM 9 

the third division of North-west Mongolia, south of 
the Egtagh (Mongolian Altai), is the Black Irtish, which 
drains the north frontier ; while the Urungu waters 
the more arid region bordering on Sinkiang and enters 
Ulungur Nor near Buluntokhoi. The Emil, which flows 
west into LakeAlakul, is the river of west Tarbagatai. 
The principal river of Outer Mongolia is the Selenga, 
which has many tributaries, the chief of them being 
the Orkhon and the Tola, the Kerulon, and the Onon. 
The basin of the Selenga extends from Uliasutai to 
Urga over the whole northern part of the Tushetu and 
Sainnoin territories. Both this river and the Orkhon 
flow north-eastwards as far as their confluence on the 
Siberian frontier, and the Selenga is navigable from 
this point down to Lake Baikal, some 200 miles, 
steamers plying during part of the year to Selenginsk. 
The Tola, Kerulon, and Onon all rise in the Kentai 
group. The Tola flows south-west past Urga, and 
afterwards northwards into the Orkhon, which is 
450 miles long, and joins the Selenga a few miles 
south-west of Kiakhta. The valley of the Kerulon 
forms a great natural highway across the Tsetsen 
khanate of Outer Mongolia, stretching eastwards into 
the Barukh country. Along a considerable portion 
of the lower reaches it is unfordable, and there are 
no boats, except at the ferries. The Onon and the 
Chikoi, another tributary of the Selenga, water fertile 
valleys on the Siberian frontier. 

In the trans-Khingan portion of Inner Mongolia 
there are few rivers of any importance, but of the many 
lakes Dalai Nor is the largest. It is about 40 miles 
round, and has an altitude of 4,200 ft. (1,280 metres). 
It is generally shallow, and the ice on the lake does 
not thaw until the end of April. Its waters are clear, 
though impregnated with soda, and there are no boats 
on it. 

On the western slopes of the Khingan a number of 
small streams and rivulets exist as far north as the 
Khalkha Gol, which is a considerable river emptying 
into the Buir Nor. In general, it may be said that in 


10 


GEOGRAPHY 


[iTo. 68 


South-east Mongolia streams are by no means infre- 
quent, and grass grows more or less abundantly : but 
west of the route from Kalgar to Urga there is great 
dearth of water owing to the small precipitation. The 
-tlwang-ho m its curved course around the Ordos 
plateau is not subject to inundations, and flows between 
low level banks through a populous and well-cultivated 
valley 20 to 40 miles broad. It is unfordable in any 
part, is much used by large boats, and could easily 
De navigated by river steamers. The rate of the' 
current is nearly 3| miles an hour, and the voyage 
irom Taotowchen up-stream to Ningsiafu may take 
over a month. In Alashan there are salt lakes here 
ana there, Charatai-Dabasu being 33 miles round, and 
encrusted with a layer of fine salt, 2 to 6 ft. thick. 

(3) Climate 

wdi ar if Part ° f Mon g oli a is occupied by the Gobi, 
wnicn, however, except in its rainless central region, is 
rather a steppe than a desert. 

TiortW? !f nCe J, n mean temperature between the ' 
amnmf+? an + southern confines is marked, the range 

jSiXv g ?'- M mUch as 35 ° F - ** the month of 
January, and averaging 19° F. throughout the year. 

Long. 80°-120° E. 
(Mean Temperature, Fahrenheit, reduced to sea-level.) 

North Mongolia -J Yo ^T 4 %' ' May - ^ ™V- Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 

So ^h ,? 3 l J° f 40 60 70 75 70 60 45 25 10 

*~* 35 2 3 0° 1 J ™ g « - JO g » 

iSrnrS 1 *e year, October to April, 
ayrtim^E^/ the + centre °f the high-pressure 
1^-wS^SJ I contment al Asia. In May the 
tio S n, P and in'St T h f S m °I ed in a northerly direc- 
in ]^^ £%'££*>** ^ b -meter 

be iromfJooTtot^^t ^^ stated t0 

temperature is 27° v £ '\ T? ere the mean annual 
is n 5 F., and the mean for January 


35 
25 


Mongdia] CLIMATE; HEALTH ; RACE H 

- 16° F., an abnormal range of temperature is recorded, 
an absolute minimum of - 45° F. having been reached 
in January and an absolute maximum of 101 F. in 
June. p 

The average rainfall at Urga, which is typical oi ■ 
that of northern Mongolia generally, amounts to less 
than 8 in. Of the total precipitation, 3 per cent, 
occurs in the winter, 8 per cent, in the spring, 79.per 
cent, in the summer, and 10 per cent, in the autumn. 
The total number of days of precipitation m the year 
is 44, the wettest month, July, averaging less than 

ten days. -111.1 

With regard to air circulation, it is found that calms 
predominate at Urga, 41 per cent, of the total observa- 
tions of the year recording calms, 17 per cent, winds 
from the north-west, 14 per cent, winds from the west, 
and 13 per cent, winds from the east. Westerly winds 
predominate in every month of the year. 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

The hardy open-air life which is led by the entire 
population keeps the people as a rule free from epidemic 
diseases, in spite of their extremely unclean personal 
habits. The commonest illnesses are rheumatism and 
syphilis. There is little malaria, and the traveller who 
avoids sleeping in the native tents has nothing to tear 
on the score of health in any part of Mongolia. 

(5) Race and Language 

Bace 

The inhabitants of MongoUa consist in the main of 
various tribes of Mongols. In the far east, on the 
borders of Manchuria, there are a few Tungus tribes 
in the north-west there are Turkis, Manchus, and 
Chinese; in Inner Mongolia Chinese settlers abound; 
but over nine-tenths of the Mongol territory there is 
no population other than pure Mongol. 

The race is divided by the Chinese into two great 


12 


GEOGRAPHY 


[So. 


tewrt M ™Z° h < W , ai Meng-ku) and Inner 

KnafkhL^t 1 Meng-ku). Th'e former include the 

Moniolf' h^r 1 ^ 8 < Eleu ths, Oelots) or West 

" SA £ ^e Unanghai : the latter comprise the 

fonntr-v . + l ^W™ banners ' inhabiting the 

cttprn and east of the Gobi which adjoins 

formed off 1 and Manc h»ria. The Khalkha nation is 

S fl lr great tribes ' the Tsetsen > Tushetu, ITzas- 

oTif mn !!r' Wh ° occu Py ^e whole of northern 

^%^E^T?i eeebwaxd to the Khingan 

west Mn™S lla ™ k tribes are scattered in North- 
The UrtS a ' A , a / han ' Kok onor, and Inner Mongolia. 

«£^ est dwellers ') «* *-* - *»• 

niK S"^ b ° dies of nomads wh ich are 
Inner KJl by the Chinese among the Outer and 
KiSSrt the Chah ars\nd the Barukhs 

Kalgan Th , fe^ 1 eute nant-Governor residing at 
as HJunl^i" ^ country, known to the Chinese 

■^WBeTS^^V" a b0rderland wed S ed in 
Mongolia Stwm v I ArgUn river ' and 0uter 
by a Governor of +t Ukh8 haVe since I91 5 been ruled 
Government ° Wn ' a PP oi nted by the Chinese 

a c?SrabK^ Russian territory 

KalmukfTn nu X, er n ° f F*^ ° f Mon S o1 race ' 
Semipalatinsk and Z "" J° Und in Semirttchensk, 
<* Tomsk, and^W t , Ut + hGm , part of the P rovillce 
Volga. ' From the V ■ B ^ xm far to the west on the 
turned i n their mi^Ztolt* * R™^ they 
steppe of the KirghS Z3 1 ?° rth ' crossed the 

Emba and the Or TW thu f g rad ^al] v reached the 
Ural the Torgod [[iurtn^t^ two rivers and the 
crossed the foli £T* ^^1616 ; thence they 
now so-called steppe of th/£ i °°\ Passion of the 
m 1673 by the SSbet TT? ^f^ 8 ' bein S ^owed 
iJerbet [Turbet] and i n 1675 by the 


Mongolia! 


RACE AND LANGUAGE 


13 


Koshod [Khoshoit]. In 1771 a considerable number 
returned to the Chinese Empire.' x 

The Buriats, of which there are 200,000 or 300,000 
in Transbaikalia and the country around Lake Baikal, 
are Khalkhas who went to these parts towards the 
end of the seventeenth century. Unlike the Mongols 
and Kalmuks, who continue to live as nomads, the 
Buriats are farmers. 

Language 

The Mongol language is one of .the great famiby 
which has of late years been named the Ural-Altaic, 
including the Finno-Ugrian, Turkish, Manchu, and 
Samoyede. There are three main dialects, East Mongol 
or Khalkha, West Mongol or Kalmuk, and Buriat 
but the difference between them is so sliglnVtnat 
whoever understands one understands them all. mere 
is a small difference between the Mongol script proper 
and the Kalmuk, the latter being the later invention 
and more practical. The written language is quite 
distinct from the colloquial. 


(6) Population 
Distribution 
No census of Mongolia has ever been taken, and the 
accounts which have been .Pushed estimate the 
population at two to five millions. Either of these 
numbers is small for an area of over 1,300 000 square 
miles The population is densest m the north and west 
along the Siberian frontier, and in the east and south- 
east close to Manchuria and China proper. In the 
centre, south, and south-west there are scarcely any 

inhabitants. • ,.,, , 

The Mongols, with few exceptions, are still nomads ; 
and the tents are pitched to suit the pasturage of the 

flocks. ... 

i Encyclopaedia Btitannica, 11th ed., xvin. 720. 


14 


GEOGBAPHY 

Towns 


[Mo. 68 


oithl%}» ^ a P ltal T of P uter Mongolia, lies on a branch 

DaltTTu U *? the resid ence of the Cheptsun 

temX.1 ,n khtU ' , the Lamaist P °P e and now a 

thTK U 7 6 l gn al ^°' and the reli g io ™ ^ntre of 

40 00?n w a Tlhe !i- J he inh abitants\ U mber about 

tions '^ v m fl a ^ are Lama monks - The habita- 

a TadW J % ^ tents ^s). Maimaichen is 

border 1Q0 ™T ad J 01nin S Kiakhta on the Siberian 

3 rL? « ^ ° f Urga ; the habitants are 

Se^nd f- f S + amb fise * the seat of a Mongol 

Kobdo lerl T Tt l° r Chinese traders ' Uliasutai and 

governorTi,^ P ^ ta ^ aS the residences of official 

on&uTtolfr the , Manclms > and no doubt they 

KhutukhttT Pb S ° Tt* the new rule of the Urga 

£ ^Ske KiakS 1 ^ 11011 ?' ° n the extreme ™t frontier, 

Dolo n NoWT' ^ G ^ trep6t for Siberian trade, 
territory is a ( £ amamiao )> though in Inner Mongolian 
Paotowchen ^ t0Wn ' as are also Taonanfu and 


Mongolia"! 


II. POLITICAL HISTOKY 

[This Section is intended to be read in conjunction with China, 
No. 67 of this series.] 

Chronological Summary 

1227. Death of Jenghiz Khan. 

1368. End of the Mongol dynasty in China. 

1644. Submission of Mongol tribes to the Manchu Emperor. 

1757. Final conquest of West Mongolia by Ch'ien-lung. 

1911. Outer Mongol princes ask for Russian protection (July) 

and declare independence (November). . 

1912. Mongols seize Hailar (January 15), Uliasutai (January 28), 

Kobdo (August 7), and Taonanfu (August 15). 
1912. Taonanfu retaken by the Chinese. 

1912. Agreement of Urga (October 12) between Russia and the 

Mongols. 

1913. Russo-Chinese Declaration (November 5). 

1914. Railway and Telegraph Agreements between Russia and 

Outer Mongolia (September 30). 

1915. Treaty of Kiakhta, between Russia, China, and Outer 

Mongolia (June 7). -on, + 

1915. Russo-Chinese Agreement as to the Barukn country 
(November 26). 

(1) Outline of Early History 
We know little of Mongolia before the time of Jenghiz 
Khan, who died in a. d. 1227. Originally a minor nomad 
chief of the Kerulon valley, in the course of his lifetime 
his dominion was extended until it covered most of 
High Asia westward from the China Sea. His son 
Ogotai and his grand-nephews Mangu, Hulagu, and 
Kublai continued to conquer territories west and south, 
and on the deathof the last (in 1294) the Mongol Empire 
was probably the most extensive known in history. 
But through the incompetence of Kublai's successors 
it declined as rapidly as it rose, and the Mongol dynasty 
came to an end in China, the principal seat of Mongol 
power, in 1368. Toghon Timur, the last Mongol occu- 
pant of the throne of China, was followed by a number 


16 


HISTORY 


[iTo. 68. 


tL^i T h ° exeroise d an overlordship in the 

territory now known as Mongolia,' but by the first half 

arJn^ri 61 ? 661 ? 11 Centur ^ the Mon gol tribes had 
TcZnllV c ° nesion and had established, scattered 
sZH^r nnd f aS man y chiefs all over the country. 
i boX« t S \ Wl \° Se lands were close to- the Chinese 
borders, submitted to the Manchu Emperors within 

Kh JkL + ? f **"> downfall of the Mings (1644); the 
exa^l * T 8 Wh ° Were more remote followed their 
who^tL ln n he mgn of K 'ang-hsi (1661-1721), by 
final J^ D ?TS? Were defea * ed i an d in 175 ? the 
Ch Wlung We8t Mon S° lia was accomplished by 

(2) Inner Mongolia 

and* on't^ 1 l^ ^T *" 1 Em P ire in 1»H this vast 
d^Jhhr°n\- nhoS P itable re g ion was roughly 
d vsTons W* G ^ into two great administrative 
Subsist T ^ ,? Uter Mon golia. These divisions 

the jot;- ^i&^ % h ° kn °r § eneraii 7 as 

the north frontier oi fffl'™ * Banners '> ^tends along 
churia and SIT ?• hma P ro Per from Kansu to Man- 

Khil e l Chm § no / tn - east on b °th sides of the 
forty^^?^ Manphnria on the west. The 

descended from t L **"> Inner Mon S ols are directl y 
Khans, which wJ ^g^ation of the Jenghizide 

the expulsTon nf T^ ^ their descendants after 
China? A D Tse^ ^Mongol (Yuan) dynasty from 
which embrace tL /CT are dl 7 ided into six leagues, 
The Inner SJll W }°} e ° f the twenty-four tribes. 

the Manchu d™^ ^ been dosel y linked with 
territory had W J ' i" 1 ^ lar g e Portions 'of their 

'■ ' ■ ( 3 ) °uter Mongolia 

front^&ooo^tJ? 6 ^ ad 3 oi nmg the Siberian 
It is inhabited by Skh?^ ^^ to Turkestan. 


Mongolial 


OUTER MONGOLIA 


17 


Three of the four great divisions of the Khalkhas — 
Tsetsen, Tushetu, Dzassaktu, and Sainnoin — are 
governed by rulers bearing the old title of Khan — 
Tushetu Khan, Tsetsen Khan, and Dzassaktu Khan — 
and there are 86 ' banners ' in the whole Khalkha 
nation. The principal centre of Chinese authority as 
exercised on the Khalkhas was at Uliasutai, a town in 
the Sainnoin territory, where a Military Governor was 
stationed. He was assisted by Khalkha princes from 
the four tribal divisions, each of whom took turns 
of residence for three months at Uliasutai. Urga, 
a town in the Tushetu country, is the adminis- 
trative centre of the Tushetu and Tsetsen khanates, 
and the seat of the Cheptsun Dampa Khutukhtu, the 
Lamaist Pope of Mongolia, through whose spiritual 
influence Chinese authority over the Khalkha chiefs 
was largely maintained. To ensure this, an Imperial 
Agent or Amban was stationed at Urga, with co- 
ordinate authority in matters relating to the Mongols 
and special control of the frontier trade at Kiakhta. 

The organization of the Kalmuks suffered from the 
wars of the eighteenth century with Tibet and China, 
and the tribes are much scattered. Most of them 
inhabit North-west Mongolia ; a large body live in the 
Kokonor region and on the north border of Tibet ; and 
another large section, the Alashan Mongols, are found 
in Kansu and along the western bend of the Hwang- 
ho. The Urianghai and West Mongol tribes were 
placed under the Military Assistant-Governor at Kobdo, 
subject to the authority of Uliasutai ; and a Comp- 
troller-General at Siningfu (Kansu) supervised the 
Mongols and Tanguts of Kokonor and the Tibetan 
border. 


(4) Attempts by China to tighten Control. Intervention 

of Russia 

The steps taken by the Peking Government in the 
blosing years of Kuang-hsii (1875-1908) to reduce the 
Mongolias more to the status of Chinese provinces 

c 


20 


HISTORY 


[»o. 68 


P }Tu P ^ entia P es dul y authorized by the Sovereign 
ol the Mongol people, by the Mongol Government, and 
py the governing princes '. The preamble stated that 
ioiiowmg a unanimous desire of the Mongols to main- 
tain the national and historic constitution of their 
rM- Yi Chinese troops and authorities were 

oDiiged to evacuate Mongol territory and the Cheptsun 
ympa Khutukhtu was proclaimed Sovereign of the 
Mongol people. The ancient relations between Mon- 
golia and China thus came to an end.' The Russian 
government undertook to assist Mongolia to preserve 
the autonomy thus established and also the right to 
E* national army, and to forbid the presence of 
W*T ? PS or ° ol °nization by Chinese on Mongol 
el*W Q T a Protoco1 annexed to this agreement 

rnihS 6 arran S eme nts were made giving Russian 

'duS + C ° mplete 1 libert y of trade ^ Mongolia free of 
duties, taxes, or other dues', and other special privileges. 

(7) Mongol-Tibetan Treaty, 1913 

MotdwTM ^ 1 .^ 111 ^ was immediately 
coSded 7 a f ^ 0n g°[- Tibetan Treat y of fiance, also 
Sa and ofV?V b 7 re P^entatives of the Dalai 
jS^i^^^^te (December 29, 1912/ 
important ; B • 7' whlch ' though of no political 
iStive m \l mter f + stin g f ^m the fact that the 
the T b'tan ^H ""S* is Said to have come from 
Urga Governnw-, ^ readiness Splayed by the 
waf expEnt^V 00 ^^ Dalai Lama ' s P r °P° sal 

nificanc? atTaehS toth?h? T? ^ * S ^ 
of the Supreme R P 2 ^benediction and approbation 

Khutukhtu who 5n ^ thG Lamai «tic Church To the 

a proposaTtf c ° 01 Sg^* the "P^ hierarchy, 

could not but iSfi^ 88 "™' ° n ^ temS 

and Tibet had t^S*** asserted tha * MongoHa 

dominion and hid t emSel T from *he MaSchu 

that the new alliance ™T mde P. e ndent states, and 

alliance was f orm ed i n view of the ' com . 


Mongolia] RUSSO-CHINESE DECLARATION, 1913 21 

munity of religion. Each state recognized the other's 
independence, and both agreed to work together for 
the advancement of Buddhism, and engaged to assist 
each other against external and internal dangers. 

(8) Russo-Chinese Declaration, 1913 

The Russo-Mongol agreement was an unpleasant 
surprise to the Chinese. It was also apparent to the 
Powers that such a recognition of Mongolian inde- 
pendence would create a political situation which 
was not contemplated when they pledged themselves 
to maintain the integrity of the Chinese Empire. 
There was a widespread feeling, fostered by the Chinese 
press, that the Republic should take up the challenge, 
and there was some talk of sending a force to Urga. 
Instead, discussions took place with the Russian 
Government, which resulted in a declaration and 
exchange of notes at Peking on November 5, 1913. 
In the declaration Russia recognized the suzerainty of 
China over Outer Mongolia, and China on her side 
recognized the autonomy of Outer Mongolia. China 
was allowed to station a ' Chinese. Dignitary with staff 
and escort ' at Urga, and to send agents in case of need 
to other localities : at the same time she undertook 
not to interfere in the internal administration of Outer 
Mongolia, not to send troops or maintain any other 
civil or military officials there, and to abstain from all 
colonization. Russia, on the other hand, undertook 
not to interfere in any part of the administration, not 
to maintain troops other than consular guards in the 
country, and to refrain from colonizing it. China 
declared herself ready to accept the good offices of 
Russia to establish her relations with Outer Mongolia 
in conformity with the principles above stated, and 
with the terms of the Urga Agreement of 1912. In the 
notes exchanged, Russia recognized that Outer Mongolia 
' formed part of the territory of China '. Autonomous 
Outer Mongolia was defined to include the regions 
which had been under the jurisdiction of the Urga 


22 


HISTORY 


[ffo. 68 


K^bdo A^L Mlhtar ? ?° Vernor at Uliasu tai, and the 
Political ^ ?V ^-^ ™ ranged that 'so far as 
Chinese On temt orial questions are concerned the 
RuS ^ ernment T 11 act in agreement with the 
^Sti^TnT^l hy ne go^ations in which the 
-authorities of Outer Mongolia will take part '. 

(9) Russo-Mongol Railway and Telegraph Agreements, 

defcribed^ 6 arran ^ me nts of 1912 and 1913 above 
concluded be J ^ d teIe graph agreements were 

' recosmVerl +L ■ I* "? , ra uVay agreement Russia 

-ilwa^rL theirtwn° f , tlie -? U ^ M °^° ls t0 C ° nstrUCt 

should they desheT, rr f° ry : at the same time 

person they must fi^^ V™ 06 ™ to a P rivate 

tance be requS Vn K, -i T^ 1 * Russia ' should assis ' 
and the two S UlM raiIwa ys Russia will give it ; 

of tlJ Stevl j ° in% dlSCUSS th6 Vl S 
countries. ay be necessary to serve both 

The ri!l °l T y mite Tr ^V of KiakUa, 1915 
established bv tlT*™ °l° uter Mongolia, as it was 
VtheSso-CW? USSO ; Mon S o1 U ^ga Agreement and 
™ conSated T mstruments <* November 5, 1913, 
KiakhtaonJun e7 %% * ri P artite treaty signed at. 
°hina, and Outer m % re P re sentatives of Russia, 
document covers tL^T^', , This comprehensive 
relations wi?h the <L h °- e ^ d of the 0u ter Mongol 
with other cmintrier e n ai ?' S ina ' with R ™, and 
1913 declaraSontnd tl, UtGr Mon § olia recognized the 
and China ol Their aSf SUZerai ^ «f Chin! ; Russia 
Outer Mongolia ThpW + reCOgmzed the autonomy of 
th « right to condude ^^f ^ declared not to possess 
concerning political or ♦ ^ T th forei gn Powers 

conceded thVrS to * er f ri questions > »** ™ 

and industry, fhe Kh^?^ treaties of commerce 

. y -Lne Khan of Outer Mongolia received 


r 


Mongolia] RUSSO-CHINESE AGREEMENT, 1915 23 

his title from China ; the Chinese representative 
dignitary was given the place of honour on ceremonial 
occasions ; and the Chinese calendar was to be em- 
ployed by Outer Mongolia in official documents. The 
Chinese in Outer Mongolia were placed under Chinese 
jurisdiction, and the Chinese dignitaries were expressly 
empowered to protect suzerain rights and interests. 
The escorts of the Chinese dignitaries at Urga, Uliasutai, 
Kobdo, and Kiakhta ; the Russian consular escorts ; 
duties on trade ; jurisdiction and procedure in mixed 
cases ; telegraphs and posts ; residences of Chinese 
dignitaries, were all arranged for in detail ; and pro- 
vision was made for a formal delimitation of the limits 
of Outer Mongolia as laid down in the Peking notes of 
November 5, 1913, within two years from the date of 
the tripartite treaty. 

'(11) Russo-Chinese Agreement as to the Barukh 
Country, 1915 

Another arrangement was concluded on November26, 
1915, between Russia and China 'on the subject of the 
Houlounbouir situation'. The Barukh country (Hulun- 
buir), to which this refers, contains two important 
stations on the Trans-Siberian Railway, Hailar and 
Manchuria ; these stations were opened to foreign trade 
by the Sino-Japanese Additional Agreement signed at 
Peking on December 22, 1905. It appears that the 
Bartikhs declared themselves independent in the early 
part of 1912. Article I of the new arrangement makes 
Hulun-buir ' a district under the control of the central 
government of the Chinese Republic '. The Governor 
(Fu-tu-t'ung) is appointed by the President and enjoys 
the powers of a provincial governor. China is entitled 
to send troops thither ' in case of disorder ' on giving 
notice beforehand to Russia, and the troops must be 
retired when order is restored. All taxes, except the 
customs and salt gabeUe (which revert to China), are 
to be devoted to local needs. Chinese and Bartikhs 
are on a footing of equality in the country, but the 


X 


24 


HISTORY 


pertv nil {& W he nomad s y stGm ) ^ common pro- 
than J i Wl J° le people ' no ChJnese ^n acquire more 
required I ^ * faed term ' ^uld capital be 
first nlli/ ailWa 7 S ' the Cllinese Government is in the 
Sese ll apP t y *° Eussia > and branches of the 
bemadPwtl + ? KaiIwa ^ (Trans-Siberian) can only 
reCd 3 t *? 6 C ° nSent of China > ^ich will not be 
San ff eX + * SpedaI reason - The effect of this 
3fnl7 a V n Place the Ba ^ country in a 


AUTHORITIES 

See China, No. 67, and JW,™, No. 69, of this series. 

Maps 

on the scale^f P i°7 f ifn nf?i a ' showin g rivers and chief towns, 

^vision of the Naval Staff "i™^ by th . e Int *™ e 
series. wai ^ tati (1919) m connexion with this 


PEACE HANDBOOKS. 

The following is a complete list of the Handbooks prepared 
under the General Editorship of Sir George W. Prothero, late 
Director of the Historical Section of the Foreign Office. 

Net Prices are given of all Volumes which have been published 
to date. Volumes X-XXV will be issued shortly. 

Books marked thus * contain sections on Geography and 
Economics as well as on History. Those marked thus § 
contain Geography and History only. 


(A) EUROPE. 


{ 


Vol. I. Austria-Hungary (1). 

New Nos. Old Nos. 

'(1) History of Austria 
(2) History of Hungary • •• 

3) Foreign Policy of Austria-Hungary 

2 ~(4) Bohemia* and Moravia* .... 

3 (6) Slovakia* — •■• . 
' 4 (4a) Austrian Silesia* ... ••• 

5 (5) Bukovina* ,•• ••; 

6 (7) Transylvania* and the ±5anat 

7 (8) Hungarian Ruthenia* 

Vol. II. Austria-Hungary (2). 

8 (9) Croatia-Slavonia,* withFiume* 

9 . (9a) Camiola*, Carinthia,* Styna* 

10 (12) Austrian Littoral "' 

11 (13) Dalmatia* — . ••• 

12 (10) Bosnia* and Herzegovina* 

13 (14a) The Slovenes ... — 

14 , (14) The Jugo-Slav Movement 


>2s. 6d. 

2s. 6d. 

Is. Qd. 

Is. Od. 

Is. Od. 

2s. Od. 

Os. Qd. 


2s. Od. 

Is. 6d. 

2s. Od. 

2s. Od. 

2s. Od. 

Os. Qd. 

Is. Od. 


mm 


HANDBOOKS PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE 
HISTORICAL SECTION OF THE FOREIGN OFFICE— No. 69 


!!<j|lj| 


MANCHURIA 


: '•':. 


f' •* 


LONDON: 
PUBLISHED BY H.M. STATIONERY OFFICE. 

1920 


: 

i 


EDITORIAL NOTE 

In the spring of 1917 the Foreign Office, in connexion 
with the preparation which they were making for the work 
of the Peace Conference, established a special section whose 
duty it should be to provide the British Delegates, to the 
Peace Conference with information in the most convenient 
form — geographical, economic, historical, social, religious, and 
political— respecting the different countries, districts, islands, 
&c, with which they might have to deal. . In addition, 
volumes were prepared on certain general subjects, mostly 
of an historical nature, concerning which it appeared that a 
special study would be useful. 

The historical information was compiled by trained writers 
on historical subjects, who (in most cases) gave their services 
without any remuneration. For the geographical sections 
valuable assistance was given by the Intelligence Division 
(Naval Staff) of the Admiralty ; and for the economic sections, 
by the War Trade Intelligence Department, which had been 
established by the Foreign Office. Of the maps accompanying 
the series, some were prepared by the above-mentioned depart- 
ment of the Admiralty, but the bulk of them were the work 
of the Geographical Section of the General Staff (Military 
.Intelligence Division) of the War Office. 

Now that the Conference has nearly completed its task, 
the Foreign Office, in response to numerous inquiries and 
requests, has decided to issue the books for public use, 
believing that they will be useful to students of history, 
politics, economics, and foreign affairs, to publicists generally 
and to business men and travellers. It is hardly necessary 
to say that some of the subjects dealt with in the series have 
not in fact come under discussion at the Peace Conference ; 
but, as the books treating of them contain valuable informa- 
tion, it has been thought advisable to include them. 


.gi|i 




WK 


S, 'iil 
f. >" 

• Tf 


! ; 




■A 


"i* 


a i 

; 

J Ik. 


It must be understood that, although the series of volumes 
was prepared under the authority, and is now issued with 
the sanction, of the Foreign Office, that Office is not to be 
regarded as guaranteeing the accuracy of every statement 
which they contain or as identifying itself with all the opinions 
expressed in the several volumes ; the books were not prepared 
in the Foreign Office itself, but are in the nature of information 
provided for the Foreign Office and the British Delegation. 

The books are now published, with a few exceptions, 
substantially as they were issued for the use of the Delegates. 
No attempt has been made to bring them up to date, for, in 
the first place, such a process would have entailed a great 
loss of time and a prohibitive expense ; and, in the second, 
the political and other conditions of a great part of Europe 
and of the Nearer and Middle East are still unsettled and in 
such a state of flux that any attempt to describe them would 
have been incorrect or misleading. The books are therefore 
to be taken as describing, in general, ante-bellum conditions, 
though in a few cases, where it seemed specially desirable, 
the account has been brought down to a later date. 


January 1920. 


G. W. PROTHERO, 

General Editor and formerly 
Director of the Historical Section. 


Ko. 69— -i 
Manchuria J 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 

I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL 

(1) Position and Boundaries . 

(2) Surface, Coast, Rivers, and Lakes 

Surface 
Coast 
Rivers 
Lakes 

(3) Climate . 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

(5) Race and Language 

(6) Population 

Distribution 
Towns 
Movement . 

II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

Chronological Summary 

Early History . • • • 

Treaty of Nertchinsk, 1689 • • 

Treaties of Aigun, 1858, and Peking, I860 

Treaty of Shimonoseki, 1895 . 

Lease of Port Arthur, 1898 • . • , Pl .. 

Exchange of Notes between Great Britain and Russia 

respecting Railway Interests in China, 1899. 
Russian Occupation of Manchuria and Russo-Chinese 

Agreement of 1902 
Treaty of Portsmouth, 1905 . + ww OOT1 

Treaty of Peking and Additional Agreement between 

China and Japan, 1905 . • 

Agreements between China and Japan, i»uy 
Policy of the United States, 1909 , . 
Russo-Japanese Convention, 1910 
Treaty of Tsitsihar, 1911 . • • , 

Treaties and Exchange of Notes between China and 

Japan, 1915 
Russo-Japanese Treaty, 1916 

Wt. 9014/849. 1000. 6/20. O.TJ.P. 


PAGE 


2 
3 
6 
8 
8 
10 
10 

11 
11 
12 


13 

14 

14 

14 

15- 

16 

17 

18 
19 

20 
20 
21 
21 
21 

22 
22 


TABLE OP CONTENTS 


[No. 


69 


III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 

(A) Means of Communication 

(1) Internal 

(a) Roads 

(b) Rivers 

(c) Railways . . ... ', 

The North China Imperial Railway 
The Chinese Eastern Railway 
The South Manchurian Railway Company 
Railway Projects ..... 

(d) Posts, Telegraphs, and Telephones . 

(2) External 

(a) Ports 

Dairen 

Newchwang 

Antung 

(b) Shipping Lines 

(c) Telegraphic and Wireless Communication 

(B) Industry 

(1) Labour . 

(2) Agriculture . .' ' " ' 

(a) Products of Commercial Value 

Oil-seeds 

Cereals 

Ginseng 

Fibrous Plants '. 

Tobacco . 

Opium . 

Silk . 

Bee-keeping 

Stock-farming 

Purs and Skins 

Musk . 

(b) Agricultural Methods 

(c) Forestry . 
{d) Land Tenure 

(3) Fisheries 

(4) Minerals 

Coal . 
Iron . 
Asbestos 


PAGE 


24 
25 

27 
27 
28 
31 
35 
36 

38 
38 
40 
41 

42 
43 


43 
44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

48 

48 

48 

49 

49 

49 

49 

49 

50 

52 

53 

54 

54 

55 

55 


Manchuria] 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Com 


Gold 

Soda . . 

Lime . . . 

(5) Manufactures 

(C) Commerce 

(1) Domestic 

(a) Principal Branches of Trade 
{b) Towns, Markets, and Fairs 

(c) Organizations to promote Trade and 

merce 

(d) Foreign Interests 

(e) Economic Penetration 

(2) Foreign . . . 

(a) Exports . 
(6) Imports . 
(c) Customs and Tariffs . 

(D) Finance 

(1) Taxes 

(2) Currency 

(3) Banking and Financial Influence 

(E) General Remarks . 

APPENDIX 

I. Numbers and Tonnage of Vessels entering and 

clearing at the Three Chief Southern Ports 
II. Note on Import and Export Statistics 
III. Trade Analysis 
• IV. Principal Exports . 
V. Principal Imports of Foreign Goods 

AUTHORITIES . • • • 


PAGE 
55 
56 
56 
56 


58 
58" 

60 
62 
62 

64 
65 
66 
68 


70 

72 
74 

75 


76 
79 

82 
85 
86 

87 


I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND 
POLITICAL 

< (1) Position and Boundaries 
Manchuria, the north-easternmost dependency of 
China, is hounded by the Chinese provinces of Chihh 
and Mongolia on the west ; by the Siberian provinces 
of Transbaikalia, Amursk, and Primorskaya on the 
north-west, north-east, and east ; and by Korea on the 
south-east. On the south it projects into the 'Yellow 
Sea, the Liaotung peninsula being washed by the l*ull 
of Liaotung to the west and Korea Bay to the east 
It lies between 38° 40' and 53° 30' north latitude and 
about 116° and 135° east longitude. The area is 
probably something over 350,000 square miles. 

The frontiers on the north, east, and south are clearly 
demarcated, almost whoUy by rivers and the sea. lhe 
western boundary is for the greater part undefined in 
any reliable document or map, and is political or 

ethnical. . , . , ' j„j 

The diplomatic instruments in which are recorded 
the limits on the north and east of Manchuria between 
the Russian and Chinese dominions are the Treaty _ ot 
Nertchinsk, 1689, the Treaty of Aigun 1858, and the 
Treaty of Peking, I860. By the first the Argun river 
was adopted as the boundary in the north-west, and 
this is the only portion determined in 1689 which has 
remained unchanged; by the second the Amur was 
made the frontier from the Argun to the Ussuri river 
on the north-east; and by the third the Ussuri, Lake 
Hinka, and a portion of the watershed as far as the 
Tumen river were fixed as the limits on the east. 

Between Korea and Manchuria (provinces of Kirin 
and Shengking or Fengtien) the long-established boun- 
daries are the Yalu and Tumen rivers, the sources of 


GEOGRAPHY 


. !>■ 


69 


which almost meet in the highest summits of the 
Uiangpai-shan (Ever White Mountains). A vexed 
question arose between China and Japan, after the 
Kusso-Japanese War, in regard to a portion of the 
Korean frontier (Chientao) : this dispute was settled 
by an agreement of September 4, 1909, in which the 
lumen was adhered to as the boundary. 

Un the west between Manchuria and Mongolia, the 
ooundary lies between the grazing-grounds of Mongol 

• ? a n J, the cultivated lands of Chinese immigrants 
?° m + - 1 fl Sh antung. In some maps the line is 
drawn to include m Manchuria the Barukh (Barkhut, 
^argu or Barga) country in the north-west, but the 
KV^w^J nomads > under a separate organization 
hke the Chahars on the Chihli border, and their country 
mZIJ* ™ ethmcal sense be considered part of 

n^tW M po ltlca % ^e Chinese regard them as 

L™tr v X 0ng ^ - n ° r Manchu ' South oi the Barukh 
X!i ad ™trative boundary has been steadily 
colonS west ™d with the movement of Chinese 
£2? M nd ^ n0W west of Taonanfu in land 
CS f g °!l The sout h-western boundary of 
35 bet ^en that province and Chihli is an old- 
established one, and can be relied upon, 
runs St ^ mc } uded in . Mongolia, the boundary 
ranL S ^ a \r + 1 an l S ° 1 Utll - east ' c?ossiAg the Khingan 
eSard tn°l l0 T tude 120 ° east > ^d turns sharply 
thenTeTt W^ ^°T river in latitude 47° north; 

the Sao and T 1° '*"* ^ aCr ° SS the val1 ^ ° f 
kwan d Ta " lm S r ™ to. the sea near Shanhai- 

(2) Surface, Coast, R IVEBS5 and Lakes 

Surface 

Kh T abarotk°to ^artSZ ^ ^ ari *™ from 

approximately e^T^Z^T f &nchu ™ into tw0 

tain system of rts own ' h ° f Which has a moun ' 

In the northern half" which consists of the province 


fe 


Manchuria] BOUNDARIES; SURFACE; COAST 3 

of Heilungkiang, the Great Khingan Mountains run from 
north to south across the western part of the province 
and continue into Mongolia, while the Little Khingan 
range roughly follows the line of the Amur along the 
eastern border. These two ranges are linked together 
in the northern part of the province by the Ilkhuri-alin 
range. - 

The Khingan system, which covers the greater part 
of Heilungkiang, seldom rises beyond 4,000 or 5,000 ft., 
and is covered with dense forests. In the southern 
half, which consists of the provinces of Kirin and 
Shengking, the mountain system consists of a number 
of ranges radiating from a peak 8,000 ft. high on the 
south-eastern border. These mountains are lower as 
they trend southwards, their chief characteristic being 
that they are precipitous towards their summits. Lava 
is seen in the neighbourhood of Ninguta, 40 miles 
south of which is a very extensive lava field called the 
Plain of Stone. All the mountains are clothed with 
timber and cut up by ravines. 

* The flat country, which is in places very fertile, is 
confined to the basins of the Liao and the Sungari, 
and to the steppes north of Tsitsihar. The soil of the 
Liao is alluvial ; that of the iVshiho plain around 
Harbin is composed of black earth and yellow clay ; 
while that of the Liaotung peninsula is of a sandy 
nature with a mixture of gravel. 

Coast 

The coast-line of Manchuria measures some 600 miles 
in length, stretching from the Great Wall at Shan- 
haikwan (Linyu) to the mouth of the Yalu. There is 
a small junk harbour near Shanhaikwan, available as a 
landing-place for boats, and the shore is here low, being 
the edge of an undulating plain' 10 miles in breadth, 
broken, however, by low. headlands terminating in 

reefs. . 

There are two harbours frequented by junks on this 
section of the coast ; one between the island of Tao-hua 
and the mainland, which serves as the seaport of 

B2 


£... 


GEOGRAPHY 


[No. 69 


Ningyuanchow ; the other at Ta-chia-tsun at the 
head oi Chinchowfu Bay. An artificial harbour has 
also been constructed on the south side of Hulutao 
promontory, which can be kept free of ice in winter, 
and has depths of 18 to 30 ft. The head of the gulf is 
bounded by a great plain, and the shore after turning 
eastward becomes very low. Three miles north-north- 
east oi Kaichow Point the Kaichow river flows into 
the bay. ■ Owing to the shallowness of the approach, it 
is navigable by small craft only, and large junks have 
to he about 3 miles off shore. Hills now begin to rise 

?SSi q nSfri ^ nd 12 miles inland a mountain ridge, 
£UUU-d,000 ft. high, extends parallel to the coast into 

^V ea f d X Grrit ?% of Kwantung. In the Liaotung 

LTw + t' ^ 6Se hlUs tend t0 hu S the north-west coast, 
so that the slope on that side is steep. 

•,S Keuchow Point to Fuchow Bay the coast is 
2Z d h . u \ affo , rd s little shelter. A favourable 
mrthZZ 18 /^ m Hulu -shan Bay, some 17 miles 
islaS of nl FU ^ 0W B ^> which ^ sheltered by the 
Two .min Ch ^ S1 ^, except: from westerly wind*, 
to the wl 'f^' Hsich ™g and Fengming-tao, lie 
26 Me 5 at t] f^ tV&nce of Societ y Bay, which is 
bv^ rnT, and 2 ° miles dee P' Its head is divided 
Adam, ftj P^ontory into two parts : (1) Port 
wfth a'ntvl^T ar ?' is an inlet 18 miles long, 
Jraduallv H? 6 C ¥ nnel 2 to 8 cable « ^road, which 
?£nne g y sSt^ aSe f t0 a shallow mud flat with narrow 
side™ ferSJ 1°/°* T y f ma11 craft ' The Bouthem 

^^^^•sa^*^ but the northern 

Bav is TGr^w! S (2) 7 he soutl iern arm of Society 
fathoms^nd uZi* Ba ^ hich has depths of 1 to 4 

^^ItJCS^ZT^ is , the 

inlet with an m + M . 7 ^ ort Arthur, a large 


Manchuria] COAST AND HARBOURS 5 

winter. The East Port is a tidal basin, 500 by 350 yds., 
and 23 to 26 ft. deep. The West Port contains many 
mud flats, but a certain area has a depth of 21 to 
35 ft. East of Hsiaoping-tao, a narrow peninsula 261 ft. 
high, the coast becomes broken and rocky. Thirty 
miles east by north of Port Arthur is Talienwan Bay, 
6 miles wide and 6 miles deep. Dairen (Dalny), 40 miles 
by rail from Port Arthur, is on the south shore of 
Victoria Bay. The outer part of the bay is generally 
free from ice in winter, and though the inner bay may 
freeze slightly, it seldom interferes with navigation. 
East of Talienwan Bay is Yentao Bay, which affords 
a well-sheltered anchorage, but is rather shallow. At 
its head is the mouth of the Wu-hu-men river. 

The coast from this point trends east-north-east lor 
76 miles to the mouth of the Tayang-ho, and is hilly 
and bordered by extensive mudbanks. About 9*miles 
north-east of Terminal Head is the mouth or the 
Tasha-ho, and 6 miles farther in the same direction 
is the small town of Pi-tzu-wo, with an ice-free harbour 
much frequented by junks. From Pi-tzu-wo to the 
Yalu river the sea along the coast is very shoal, and 
there are three principal groups of islands lying oft it, 
the Blonde, Elliot, and Bourchier. Farther out is the 
island of Haiyang-tao, with a peak 1,320 it. high. 
Thornton Haven on its western side is the only harbour 
in these islands where small vessels may find shelter 
in 3i to 4 fathoms. Four small streams flow into tne 
sea between Pi-tzu-wo and the Tayang-ho, a some- 
what larger river which can be ascended by boats as 
far as Taku-shan, 8 miles from the mouth. Larger 
junks and small steamers anchor some miles oft the 
coast, south of the island of Talu-tao. _ 

Tatungkow, a treaty port, is situated at the head oi 
a tidal creek just within the mouth of the Yalu river. 
Two narrow channels lead into the Yalu, of which the 
eastern is most used by vessels proceeding to Antung, 
some 20 miles up the river. For four months in the 
year the approach is ice-bound. 


>6 


GEOGRAPHY 


Rivers 


[Wo. 69 


As regards rivers, Manchuria falls into two well- 
defaned portions corresponding almost exactly, one 

^ + rS hernprovince of Shengking, which drains 
into the Yellow Sea, the other with the two northern 
provinces of Kirin and Heilungkiang, which drain into 
tne Amur, with the exception of a small area in the 
south-east of Kirin, the waters of which find an outlet 
into the Sea of Japan. 

^ The greatest Manchurian river is the Amur. Formed 
by the confluence at Ust-Strelotchnoi of the Shilka, 
whose course lies wholly in Siberia, and the Argun, 
which separates Manchuria from Russian territory on 
the north-west, the Amur itself constitutes the northern 

S? 2? r n « aSter . n froi * tier as far as Khabarovsk, and 
even^ally flows mto the Gulf of Tartary at Mcolaevsk. > 

W^T x? wl J dest discrepancies in the figures given 
for the length of the river. The fact seems to be that 

i T WW? TSS fr ° m Ust "Strelotchnoi to Nicolaevsk 
is between 1,600 and 1,800 miles, but by reckoning 

thi AiSf Ht d 3R ^ erS ° f Various constituent streams" 
arriw S / ^ ^h' ° r the 0non > different authorities 

HI tLl ^ol 2 ' 100 or even 2 ' 92 ° miles, 
th™ «,£ 7 miles of its C01irse > the Amur flows 

This ^1*T °T^ Va i le y dee P!y cut into the plateau, 
but tW. S ° r th v 2 ? 3 miles above Blagoveschensk, 
coLunfVV^ ^ tle "Nation, and the river is 
thrlm^fn f gm ^ C0Urse '- Below Blagoveschensk, 
Plaim n non / + S T ddle course waters ^e ? high fertile 
the Ilkifri «H * abo y e « ea level), which stretch between 
stream her?* T* - L ? tle Khin g an Mountains. The 
TSs aoart Afp "ft* SeVeral branches > sometimes 
bZ and tbl t PaS ^° Va {t enters a gorge 87 miles 
S Southerly ZToTx ^ ^^atfaining the 

the SungaTwhoS XolntZ^Y" ^ juncti ° n with 
its own After ^ht£ -j ° f water ls nearl y equal to 

-ins rising considerably ^tmTn'g &STS 


/""""N,,, 


Manchuria] 


RIVERS 


miles wide on both banks. The Amur is closed by ice 
from October to May. „ 

Proceeding up-stream, the first southern tributary 
of the Amur is the Ussuri, which rises in the mountains 
north of Vladivostok and forms the boundary between 
Manchuria and the Primorskaya from Lake Hmka 
(Khanka) to its confluence with the Amur near 
Khabarovsk. It is in all 350 miles long -.- 

The next and most important tributary is the 
Sungari, which with its tributaries waters the great 
central basin of Manchuria, and whose drainage area 
must amount to about half the whole country '-J*™* 
on the north-western slopes of the ®n^$B£ 

range, the Sungari first flows *°^-™*J^VaA in 
to join the Nonni, and then ^north-east past Har.bm 
into the Amur, at a point 135 miles above Khaba- 
rovsk and the junction of the ^sim. Its i«ig^ « 
some 600 miles. Above its junction with the ^ 
the Sungari is also sometimes known as the Sonnoa 

^ The Sungari has two important tributaries, the 
Nonn! and tie Hurka. The Nonni ri,es on ^ee^ern 
slows of the Great Khingan Mountains north oi 
Smar and flows from t^north to jom the Sunga 
not far from Petuna. Small craft are sa ad , to ^ 
for some 350 miles as far « ; Mergen a ^™J£™k 
town about 125 miles south-west of Blago ™s^*. 
above which point its course has ^^^S 
The Hurka or Mutan-kiang rises about 1UU nines 
south-west of Mnguta and almost the same distance 
outhrstoi ! Er& and after passing Nmgut. .flow 
due north into the Sungar-t|^nsmg -^ co™ 
above its junction with the Amur. 

me S r X- '"flows from the Dalai-nor or 
Kuto-niXke I Pokrovsha, completes the hst of the 
principal Manchurian tnbnterms oi the Amm Three 
smaller streams, the Kumara, tne ^ xr P ii 11T1 „idan2 
Albasicha, drain the northern portion of Hei ^aan^ 
The only eastward-draining river of Manchuiia is 


GEOGRAPHY 


D 


JSTo. 69 


the Tumen which, rising on the eastern slope of the 
Ohangpai-shan range, forms the boundary between 
northern Korea on the one hand and Manchuria and 

0^™?^ ° n the other > and fl °ws into the Sea 
ot Japan, after a course of over 200 miles. 

Tinn ^ S °v h 7 the 1 chief ri ™rs are the Yalu and the 
of +L niT Yal ^ 1 whosG head-waters are on the south 
tbP 1 +T. angi ; ai " sh 1 an ran S e ' forms for *» entire course 
it frn^ £ em boundar y of Manchuria, separating 

Ta WL- ^/^ fl ° WS into the Gulf of Korea near 
latungkow It has a course of some 300 miles. 

oWi* .a -l Ver rises he y° nd the borders of Man- 
muren' JT ? UPPer C0Urse ' known as the Shara " 
bet™ M mS ?" m0 ? than 300 miles ^e boundary 
eve7T, a lfo g ° r a /. nd Chihli - The name Liao, how- 
tile Zt ? PP led - to a nort hern tributary which joins 
pronSlvk. am JUSt . above Tungchiangtzu and is 
Kor^iT ♦*! -? 6 T ^S-^o or Hersu river. 
■ftaZ^M^ ant tr n xbutar J ^ the Hun-ho, on which 
^tJ^^^ d J Uoh unite «> Portly above its 
Liao W fi? tbe + Ta it Z e-ho from Liaoyang. The 
Xnchuri-T mt °* the Gulf of Liaotunf, after 

Lakes 

is Lake" BirteiW^ Tr P ° rtant - South °f Ninguta 
boundary of lS" k) ; north °f Vladivostok the 

waters S the We T^V g?T thr ° U g h tlie ^ GT 
countrv are tbt ^ i • Hmka ; and in the Barga 

There Ire cL^ht" 110 '^^ 11 - 1101 ) and B ™- nor ' 

of the Su^tjs ? o^ hy regi ° nS al °^ the COUrS6S 

(3) Climate 

»pS| tTtt™r a h ™r oo s tine . ntoi - ™ th • ^ 


Manchuria] RIVERS ; LAKES ; CLIMATE 9 

easterly Avinds prevail. In March strong south-westerly 
winds set in and blow for about two months ; and in 
summer southerly and south-westerly winds prevail. 
Sudden northerly gales occur and are to be looked for 
in October. - ' , 

The frozen season extends in the north from October- 
to the end of April, and the temperature not infre- 
quently falls to -58° F. (-50° O), while the ice on the 
Shilka and the Argun rivers is 6 ft. thick. The cold is 
less intense in central Manchuria and decreases con- 
siderably in the south, where the frozen season ends 
at the beginning of April. Thus the temperature of 
Harbin aleragef- 1-5° F. (-18-5° C.) of Moukden, 
7-5° F. (-13-5° C), and of Dairen, 24-5 F. (-4-Z u.j. 
Dairen and Port Arthur are ice-free ports, but tne 
river mouths and the rivers themselves elsewhere are 
frozen for about six months in the year, and the ice is 
thick enough for cart traffic. ' 

April is the spring month in the greater part of 
Manchuria, the temperature averaging 42 *. (ft-o > o W 
at Harbin, 48° F. (8-8° C.) at Moukden, and 47-5 *. 
(8-5° C.) at Dairen. , T , ' ■, 

In May summer begins, and in June, July, ana 
August the heat is great, the temperature averaging 
about 75° F. (23-8° C), the maximum being 99 or 
100° F (37-2-37-7 C). The difference m the summer 
heat of the northern and southern districts u s slight 
the central parts of the province being hottest. October 
is the pleasantest month of the year. 

The average annual rainfall for the province u > 2 L 3 
inches (540 mm.), of which 26 per cent. faUs mJ« 
21 per cent, in August. The rapy seas on larts ^ 
in the north, but there the ram is lighter In ^e south 
it is verv heavy for a short period, and renders the 
ounti; "LpSble, except in the few dMrota .where 
modern roads have been made The snow-f aU la > coin- 
paratively -light, covering the highways to a depth ot 
one or two feet, and permitting the use of sledges. 


10 


GEOGRAPHY 


[Wo.69 


Manchuria] HEALTH ; RACE; POPULATION 11 


(4) Sanitary Conditions 

The climate of Manchuria is healthy, the summer 
heat being temperate, and the winter, though severe, 
dry and invigorating, so that with ordinary precautions 
m the sterilizing of water and food and with sanitary 
surroundings the European has nothing to fear. 

1 he common diseases among the Chinese are a mild 
f Z[^ Tio fever ' sma ll-pox, dysentery, and a sort 
ot ophthalmia. The last is occasioned by dust and 
aggravated by dirt and neglect; it can be cured if 
taken m time, but if treated by the native methods 
frequently results in blindness. 

(5) Race and Language 

The original Manchus belonged to the Tungusic 
branch of the Ural-Altaic family. For a long time 
tney were able to resist penetration by the Chinese, 
out in modern times the latter flowed into the country, 
and now constitute 90 per cent, of the population. 
■Wwi f wo . ra . ces have mixed, and pure Manchus are 
tound only m the northern parts of the basin of the 
SS r 1 ^ d - al ° ng the UssurL In Heilungkiang and 
Si* r n th , GIe are a number of small Tartar 
tribes, such as the Yu-pi-ta-tzu or Fish-skin Tartars 
Lone W K 1 ' below Lansing, and the Gilyaks, or 
trS • ^ ?*%**> on ^e upper Amur and its 
OW, T V+t S £ e ? the Sibo and Solon Manchus, the 
?2!? d th ! e Goldi - In the districts adjoining the 
anTfn^T lMge numbers of K °reans have settled, 
also ™L r ma J° nt y of the population. There are 

settled SL Ja P aneS M and R ™ns, who are mostly 
settled along the railways. 

the M«nnK? t l ie COmmon language of Manchuria, as 

^^^S^K-p^^y extinct - The 

roots, 4e meaZrof lT'i, COmpOSed ° f ' dissvllablC 
tmat ve suf ger III -\ m modified b ^ agglu ' 
southern M^ufe^^^ 


(6) Population 
Distribution 
According to the Minchengpu census of 1910 the 
population of Manchuria was 14,917,000. J The 'Customs 
estimate for the same year was 17,0U0,IMJU. ±ne 
Japanese Official Guide gives an intermediate figure, 
15,834,000, distributed as follows • 
Area. 


Sq. Miles. 

166,700 

100,000 

88,900 

355^600 


Heilungkiang 
Kirin 
Shengking . 

Totals . 

The following figures are taken from the Statesman's 

Year Book for 1918 


Population. 

1,456,000 

4,222,000 

10,156,000 

15,834,000 


Density' 
per Sq. Mile. 

8-73 

42-22 

114-24 

~4Aft~' 


Heilungkiang 

Kirin 

Shengking'. 

Totals . 


Area. 

Sq. Miles. 

203,000 

105,000 

56,000 


Density 
Population, per Sq. Mile. 
1,500,000 7-39 

6,000,000 57-14 

10,312,241 184-14 


^000 17,812,241 


48-93 


The bulk of the population is «°j^^ J^_£ e 
railways, in the Liao valley, and m the Sungari basm 

The Hunchun and Lungching sun di tnct s m the 
Tumen basin have populations of 40,000 and 1250UU 
respectively For the rest the country is sparsely 
pop P ltd y the inhabitants ^™^ m jJSS 
towns and villages ; or, in the north °W»^%^ 
a nomadic life and engaged in hunting and trapping. 

'• • Towns 

The chief towns in the north are Aigun (30 000> 
opposite Blagoveschensk on the Amur; Manchuria 
S?^ and Khailar on the Chinese Eastern Railway ; 
and Tsitsihar (30,000) on the Nonni -*™ . p 

In the Sungari basin are Kirm (about 10W.F 
tuna or Sinchengfu (30,000); Shwangchengfu (40,000)? 


12 


GEOGRAPHY 


[No. 69 


Sn r n^ (a ^ out 100 >°00) ; Hulan (30,000) ; Bayansusu 
(30 000); Ashiho (30,000); Sansing (15,000); andNin- 
guta on the Hurka (30,000). 

On the North China Railway are Chinchowfu (30,000) 
and Newchwang (70,000). On the Southern Man- 
cmiria ftailway are Changchun (about 100,000) ; Kai- 
yuan (28,000); Tiehling (33,000); Moukden (173,549); 
nn S g S > 00 °) i Haicheng (15,000); Kaipinghsien 

'2 ; -Dairen or Dalny (46,000) ; and Port Arthur 

Movement 
In the absence of reliable statistics it is impossible 
™ speak of the birth and death rates or of the increase 
and decrease of the population in general. The chief 
™™? e x lncrease is immigration, the immigrants 
coming from Mongolia, Korea, Russia, Japan, and 

T +t Pe S y from China - 
finnnnnv™ en basin alone th ere are not. less than 
S™ f ttlers - There must be quite 50,000 
SE, ***■ about the same number of Japanese, 
of i™lf aml 7 al0n S the Always. But the main flow 
ChihTSfS 8 ? mes from the Chinese provinces of 
cori; Shantung. It is said that 250f000 Chinese 

ttem^tvT^ ntung ever ^ s P rin S' a » d though 
al™ 1 ™ J £ th , Gm return in the aut'Smn, there are 
thlt y iOO SZt ° f P erma nent settlers. It is estimated 

aloneT/S 2"? Se have settled in ^e Kirin district 
alone during the' last eight years. 


Manchuria"! 


II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

[This Section is intended to be read in conjunction with China, 
No. 67 of this series.] 

Chronological Summary 
Tenth century.' Establishment of the Liao dynasty by the 

1115. FouMaMon of the Chin dynasty by the Nuchtos. 
Thirteenth century. The Niichens driven out by the Mongols 

1644. EalTot^M^g^y. ^of the Manchus. 

1689. Treaty of Nertchinsk between Russia and China. 

1847. Russian exploration of the Amur. 

1851. Nicolaevsk and Mariinsk founded. 

1853. Alexandrovskand Constantmovsk folded .._ 

1858. Treaty of Tientsin between China, Great Britain, i ranee, 

Russia, and America. _ 

1858. Treaty of Aigun between Russia an <J C 3 a A hina 
1860. Convention of »^ Jf^^fJ^^" 
1881. Treaty of Petersburg between R ^™ d C ^ n 
1895. Treaty of Shimonoseki between Chm and Japan. 
1897. Seizure of Kiaochow by Germany 0*™™™*' 

1897. Russian fleet sent to Port Arthur (December). 

1898. British cruisers at Port Arthur (January). 

1898 Port Arthur leased to Russia (Marcft). 

1899. Russo-British Railway Agreement. 

1900. The Boxer outbreak. _ T? 118S ia (June). 
1900. Manehurian provinces <k<^ *" ^ RUS ( ' 
1900. Occupation of Manchuria by Russ^ evacua tion 
1902. Russo-Chinese Agreement ot TeJang ioi 

1902. ConveSn between Manchuria and Japan. 

iSSS" K^f P pSg^nd additional Agreement between 

1909." Botr^nd'Sway Agreements between[China and 

Japan. * 

1910. Russo-Japanese Convention. 

1910. Annexation of Korea by JjPJJ;. d china . 

1911. Treaty of Tsitsihar between Russia ana onin<i. 

1914. Capture of p ao £ h °l- motes betw een China and Japan. 

1915. Treaties and exchange ot JNotes Deweei 

1916. Russo-Japanese Treaty. 


14 


HISTORY 


[no. 


^ Z V H %sto ry-— Before the conquest of China by 
tne Manohus, Manchuria was the abode of various tribes 
ot tne lungus race, sparsely distributed along the 
courses o± the rivers. These tribes were known to the 
?at G . ? nder man y na mes, amongst which Khitan 
and Nuchen (Nuchih) stand out ; they were mostly 
lorest hunters, though those in southern Manchuria 
oecame to a large extent farmers. The Khitans made 
tneir hrst appearance in the beginning of the tenth 
century when they established the Liao dynasty and 
ruiea a territory embracing much of south-west Man- . 
cnuria east Mongolia, and north Chihli. Two cen- 
turies later they were in turn overthrown by the 
in ucnens, who were the direct ancestors of the Manchus. 
rf™ V i 5 Ntich§ns founded the Chin (Golden) 
aTnasty, and, a century later, were driven out by the 

fh^M ? nder Jenglliz Khan 5 bu * their descendants, 
d™w °n^? turned t0 P° wer on ^e fall of the Ming 
SH^^mi: 01 " 1 ** Chinese Empire until 

cen^™$ N T Ch t nsk > 168 9— Early in the seventeenth 
toth^£ ? US - Slan P en etration of Siberia extended 
estabh.W M S v a , nd led t0 conflicts ^h the newly- 
W the Trl^t^ 11 ^^ TW were put an end to 
Russia J w! ty ,° f N , ertc hhisk (1689), under which the 
and bev^f^T Gd t0 retire behind the Argun river 

TreJtv^ A 6 A T r K o Watersned on ^e north. 
Earh Z tf 9 ™: 185 ?' and Treat V °f ™™9> ™W>- 
^!C£olT ete T th Gentur y the attention of the 
and an tlf ™ again dire cted to the Amur, 
made ?o oblT A**^** appears to have been 
tTfacnLt. P L fr0m the Chinese the right of using it 

viev Gove^or P Und ^h e active rule of Count Mura- 
onward X X- f ?***** Siberia, from 1847 

Ch7na and setTlL f eXpl ° red with °nt reference to 
In 1851 StaS^Sd ™. ^shed on its banks. 
1853 AlSTv ^ a Maninsk we re founded, and in 

hshed on the s Ia P n?i C r- tantinovsk we re estab- 
on the sea-coast, all m territory which was 


Manc^ia] TREATIES OF AIGUN AND PEKING 15 

unquestionably Chinese according to the Treaty of 
Nertchinsk. These encroachments, and others ot 
a more warlike nature, arising. out of the feds of the 
Crimean War, were the subject of protest fromChm 
whose hands were tied by the Taiping re bellion ^ and 
the disputes with Great Britain ; and fin ally, under 
pressure from Muraviev, the Treaty of Aigun was 
concluded (May 29, 1858) to regularize the new con- 
ditions. Under this the whole of the north bank of 
the Amur from the Argun fork to the sea was recogr used 
^as Russian; the south bank down to the Ussun as 
Chinese ; and the territory between the Ussun and the 
,sea was to be held in common, pending a settlement 
of the frontier. Later, advantage was taken of the 
second Chinese war with Great Britain to press claims 
to the Ussuri country, and on November ■ 14, 1850 
General Ignatiev signed a convention at Peking under 
which China ceded this tract to Russia. 

For over 30 years little more was shea rd ^ Ma n c huria 
The port of Newchwang, opened by the Treaty j 
Tientsin (June 1/13, 1858), was the onlypomto genera 
foreign interest, and that was purely commercial untU 
the quarrel between Japan and Chin* ot» ^ea 
brought the question of Manchuria acutely to the 
notice of the European Powers. 

Treaty of Shimonoseki, 1895-Under the treaty ot 
peace concluded at Shimonoseki on ^£^1885^ 
Count Ito and Li Hung-chang, the. southern PortKmoi 
the Shengking (Fengtien) province of Manchuria was 
ceded by China to Japan. „ 11T . rPT1 t of opinion 

There had been for some years a f7 n re ^.^Xs S °a 
that the ice-free port in eastern Asia whicn Russia 
™ iTsearch of wL to be found in the territory thus 
was in searcn oi w« , v events, Russia, in the 

Treaty of .Shi—hi ,- ^StanchS £ 
C^rrth^ound^rthe occupag , of Port 
Arthur by Japan would ' destroy the political balance 
of the Ear East '. France and Germany, fell m with 


16 


HISTORY 


f No. 69 


1 SqVp ' * Ut r ? reat Britain decIine d to do so. In May 
w»? ?' ? erman y> and France made joint repre- 
n P r^° nS +1 i apan ' rec °mmending her not to occupy 
' LS ? the territ0I 7 ceded in southern Manchuria, 
2,27 atlons were g^en that the advice, if unheeded, 
would be supported by force of arms. Japan yielded 

So* il C + ° alltl i )n ' and in a Convention of November 8, 
■oonfw fT the districts m question, receiving as 

frnm P nT n r a m ° ne ^ P^ent of 30 millions of taels 
Rmtf« ? ma " • f 6 * 1 " 11 for her services in this matter 
St, glVen hy China the rf g ht to carry the Siberian 
^?JJT5^ lrthem Ma nehuria from Stretensk to 
further L?^i C ? meSe Eastern Railway) ; and it is 
Convent ^ a Secret treat ^ known as the ' Cassini 
ne«SSV T l more Probably an understanding 
?hf rlt ^ Ll Hun g" c hang at Moscow, gave Russia 
Arthur m Certain contingencies to occupy Port 

mmtiT^l°f ^L thi8 and later events it may be 
S the Tetw* 'V 8 ^ a n official statement was made 
^^^th^* Germa nj had come to an under- 
China. g USSla on their respective interests in 

KitochoWNnf 1^' 1898,-After the seizure of 
ChLa wL ( .pJT b + - r 1897 )' a nd while Germany and 
wnl?e r IrPort g A ;t tm f4. the Russian Aeet was sent to 

^^f^^f^sr^ 1897) ' and when two 

Russian AmTass^orl T er ^ m Januar ^ 1898 the 
request therrwS in t London was instructed to 

the Russia' l£ ^ ™ ° rder to a ™d friction in 
^^G^Tc^ in ? uence '- ^ March 1898, 
for a lease of S + Co A n ^ntion was signed, a demand 
forward W R u 2f ^J* and Talienwan was put 
between the Brit hh A S i ar P. corres Pondence ensued 
British Government, U T mn Governments. The 
Russia oT a n Te ?t re KOt ° P -P osed to ' the lease by 


Manclmria] LEASE OF PORT ARTHUR 17 

the neighbourhood of Peking', and that the occupa- 
tion of Port Arthur 'would inevitably be considered 
in the East as a standing menace to Peking and the 
commencement of the partition of China '. China, 
being unable to resist it, acquiesced in the demand ; 
and the British Government received assurances that 
'the Russian Government had no intention of infring- 
ing the rights and privileges guaranteed by existing 
treaties between China and foreign countries . By an 
agreement of March 27, 1898, Port Arthur, Talien- 
wan, and adjoining territory (Kwantung), all ot which 
had been retroceded by Japan in 1895, were leased to 
Russia for twenty-five years. _ 

Exchange of Notes between Great Britain and Russia 
respecting Railway Interests in China, 1899.— In me 
spring of 1898 the Chinese Government^ entered into 
negotiations with a British bank to raise a railway 
loan, secured on the lines already constructed, lor an 
extension of the North China Railway through southern 
Manchuria to Newchwang. The Russian representa- 
tive at Peking, M. Pavlov, demanded that the British 
engineer should be replaced in the sections north ot 
Tientsin, and objected to these railways being mort- 
gaged to British subjects with a right of control in 

case of default. , , , , „ i T 

The British Government took the matter up strongly 
both at Peking and St. Petersburg as a breach of the 
Treaty of Tientsin, and in the end the British railway 
loan was carried through. At the same time an agree- 
ment was concluded between Great ^Britain and Russia 
by an exchange of Notes on Apnl29, 1899, m which the 
former engaged 

< not to seek for her own account, or on behalf of British sub- 
jects or of others, any railway conce ssions to the n «^ <*«»■ 
Great Wall of China, and not to obstruct directly or ^cUy, - 
applications for railway concessions in that region, supported 
by the Russian Government ' ; 

while Russia, on her part, gave an identical under- 
taking with respect to railway concessions in the basin 


18 


HISTORY 


[Ho. 69 


of the Yangtze ' and applications for railway concessions 
in that region, supported by the British Government. 
Occupation of Manchuria by the Russians and Russo- 
Chinese Agreement of 1902.— During the Boxer outbreak 
the Governors of the Manchurian provinces declared 
war on Russia (June 1900), in obedience to the 
Imperial Decrees issued under the influence of Prince 
luan. Their sudden attacks created a panic along the 
Amur and led to savage reprisals, the Chinese popu- 
lation of Blagoveschensk, some 5,000 men, women, 
and children, being at the outset driven into the river, 
boon afterwards Manchuria was overrun by Russian 
troops, and proclamations were issued by the Russian 
commanders which amounted to declarations of con- 
quest. In December 1900 a Russo-Chinese agreement, 
concluded at Moukden by the local Chinese. authority, 
came to light, by which the province of Shengking 
(*engtien) was placed under Russian control, and this 
was ioliowed up by negotiations at St. Petersburg with 
tne Uimese Minister for the conclusion of a formal con- 
vention which would, in effect, constitute a Russian pro- 
tectorate over Manchuria. Some leading Powers advised 
P™ i. abs * ain . from separate negotiations with one 
rower while the joint conferences for the Boxer settle- 
^*v re P roceed £g at Peking, and a strong Chinese 
opposition arose. The Chinese Minister at St. Peters- 
S J a « 'i? ^ to refu se his signature, and on 
oS ' 01 .' ^ e Russi an Government issued an 
hfvTi C i? mm ™ 1(1Ue t0 the effect tha t, their instructions 

S^&SST 1 " 6 ^ 1 ^ the Convention ™ tem - 

SifX^V h ^ tum of the Chinese- Court from 
neaotllL "I, ( J ™ ar J 1902), Russia renewed her 
which had h Sh l aban doned some of the demands 

^'^aWSoS^* the year before > and ^ °t 

Peking 1Xtl„ '-l 9 ??' an a g r eement was signed at 
bv Et P ' P r ded f ° r the eva ™ation of Manchuria 
S,derfte4 a ri U ? n ™™ ths - That the terms were so 

BrlLZn % SU r P T P ° rt given to China ^ Great 
Britain, Japan, and the United States. It was soon 


Manila] RUSSIAN OCCUPATION, 1902 19 

apparent that they did not satisfy the Russian Govern- 
ment. In October 1902 the railway between Shanhaik- 
wan and Newchwang was restored to the Chinese, ana 
the country west of the Liao river was evacuated in 
accordance with the agreement ; but when i jappeared 
that, in the negotiations of Japan and .^United 
States for the commercial treaties provided ioi m 
the French Protocol with China, three new^ ports 
were to be opened in Manchuria, Russia refused to 
carry out the second stage of evacuation until ^certain 
further demands, designed to rivet i Russian control on 
Manchuria to the exclusion of all other foreign in- 

fmences, were conceded. a + „ +QO Qf raiVi 

Great Britain, Japan, and the United States , again 
supported the Chinese in refusing the fresh demands 
and representations were ^ade by all three Powers at 
St. Petersburg. China being unable to P^ ™**°™ 
to a practicll conclusion, Japan .^°~ *£*^ 
ranked next in importance, entered ^to negotiations 
at St. Petersburg and offered to recognize the speoud 
position of Russia in Manchuria * »^JX 
recognize that of Japan in Korea, and provided also 
that Russia would join with Japan in t an engage ment 
to recognize the territorial integrity of China and ^ Korea, 
and to maintain the < open door in b^™™*^ 
Russia refused to make the smallest concession, and 
the Russo-Japanese War resulted. 

Treaty of Portsmouth, 1905 -The Treaty < of Ports 
mouth, by which the Russo-Japanese Waxof 1904-6 
was brought to an end, recognized th e P r 5 ed « m ™ 
political, military, and economic in tere Jj "J^J 
of Japan ; provided for ^e simultaneous evac nation 
of Manchuria by the forces of Russia and Japan t and 
transferred to Japan the Russian le ^ase o f Kw a ntung 
(Liaotung) with all the privileges attachmg mdudmg 
that portion of the Chinese Eastern Ra lway south _ot 

Kwan P chengtze (OtB^^^J^^^^ 
leased territory, was to be restorea em. j ? 

pletely to the exclusive administration of China 
whose consent to the transfer of Liaotung to Japan 

02 


20 


HISTORY 


[Wo. 69 


was to be obtained. Russia disavowed the possession 
of exclusive rights in Manchuria inconsistent with the 
' open door ', and Japan and Russia 

engaged reciprocally not to obstruct any general measures 
common to all nations which China might take for the develop- 
ment of commerce and industry in Manchuria. 

The southern part of the island of Sakhalin up to the 
50th parallel of north latitude was ceded by Russia 
to Japan under Article IX of the Treaty of Portsmouth. 
Japan and Russia mutually agreed not to construct 
fortifications in their possessions on Sakhalin or on 
the adjacent islands, and not to take any military 
measures which could impede the free navigation of 
the Straits of La Perouse and Tartary. 

In Article XI of the same treaty Russia undertook 
to come to an agreement with Japan to concede to 
Japanese subjects fishery rights along the Russian 
coasts in the Seas of Japan, Okhotsk, and Behring. 
^Treaty of Peking and Additional Agreement between 
China and Japan respecting Manchuria, 1905.— China's 
consent to the transfers and assignments made by 
Russia to Japan by the Treaty of Portsmouth was 
obtained m a treaty between Japan and China signed 
at Peking on December 22, 1905. In an Additional 
Agreement regulating railway and other matters, 
China engaged to open a number of towns in all three 
provinces of Manchuria to international residence and 
trade. China's own position in Manchuria was not 
greatly altered by these documents : she had two Powers 
to deal with instead of one, for Russia retained her 
rauway zone m northern Manchuria ; but in the south 
Japan was at this period more conciliatory in her 
methods than Russia had been. 

Agreements between China and Japan, 1909.— But 
vexed questions arose with Japan over Manchurian 
attairs, _and the tension was not removed until the 
conclusion of W agreements (September 4, 1909), in 
Ztf w ^ the T u men river was made the boundary 
between China and Korea, and Koreans were allowed 


Manchuria! 


1909-11 


21 


to settle freely in the border district of Chientao, but 
were made subject to Chinese jurisdiction ; in the other 
railway and mining questions were arranged. 

Policy of the United States, 1909.— After the Russo- 
Japanese War there had been a marked tendency on 
the part of the United States to champion the rights 
of China against Japan. In 1909 an active policy, com- 
mercially and politically, was inaugurated by President 
Taft in China, and the first step taken was to insist on 
the participation of American financiers m the Hukuang 
railway loan. The real aim, however, was Manchuria, 
where there had been for years a special American 
trade interest. An American group was given a con- 
cession for a railway in Manchuria from Chmchow 
to Aigun, and in November 1909 an unsuccessful 
proposal for the neutralization of railways in Manchuria 
was made to Great Britain, Prance Germany Russia, 
Japan, and China by the American Secretary of State 

Russo-Japanese Convention, 1910,-Shortly after- 
wards (July 4, 1910) and no doubt in consequence* rf 
this last proposal, Japan andRussia signed a Convention 
in which the two Powers agreed to work together on 
Manchurian questions and to maintain the >, statu* 
quo in Manchuria resulting from treaties and other 
arrangements concluded up to date between Japan- 
and Russia, or between either of them and ^ma m 

The treatv of August 22, 1910, by which Japan 
annexed KoL! altered the ^status of the numerous 
Koreans inhabiting the Chinese borderlands, and 
entitled them to the privfieges of Japanese consular 
jurisdiction. This must be noted as a y m P°^ nt 
'addition to Japanese interests m southern f a nchuria 

Treatv of Tsitsihar, 1911.— Since the Russo-Japanese 
War China has been disposed to treat Russian affairs 
with Httle consideration, and disputes connected with 
the long Siberian frontier accumulated The conclusion 
of the 1910 Convention with Japan emboldened Russia 
to take a stronger line with China ^ d on February 6 
1911, she made a series of demands at Peking to secure 
the full enjoyment of the 1881 treaty, which she 


22 


HISTORY 


[Wo. 69 


alleged had been practically abrogated. After a long 
discussion, on March 24 an ultimatum was delivered 
by Russia, and the acute controversy was closed by 
a note of the Wai-wu Pu accepting the Russian 
demands completely and unequivocally. Later (De- 
cember 20, 1911) a treaty was concluded at Tsitsihar 
delimiting the frontier in northern Mongolia from 

frontier point No. 58 to frontier point No. 63 and 
further along the Mutny tributary up to the River 
Argun ', and thence along the Argun to the Amur. 

Treaties and Exchange of Notes between China and 
Japan, 1915.— Following the capture of Kiaochow 
(November 7, 1914) Japan made a series of demands 
upon China. Some of these were reduced in the course 
of the subsequent negotiations; but in the treaties 
and exchange of Notes which recorded the final settle- 
ment (May 25, 1915) the following terms relating 
to bouth Manchuria were included : 

1. The term of the lease of Port Arthur and Talien- 
wan, and the terms of the South Manchurian and 
Antung railway concessions, were extended. 

j. Japanese subjects were privileged to lease land 

q *° * rade tnrou ghout South Manchuria. 

6. Mining areas in South Manchuria were allotted to 
Japanese enterprise. 

4 " . A Pf^ 1,61106 was given to Japanese capital if 
required for railways in South Manchuria, or if loans 
were made on the security of the local taxes ; and 

o. it loreign advisers or instructors on political, 
nnancial, military, or police matters were to be employed 
first*' Manch uria, Japanese were 'to be employed 

It is noteworthy that the ' South Manchuria ' of these 
aocuments is an indefinite term and the interpretation 
of it may easily lead to disputes. 
^f^so-Japanese Treaty, I916.-By a Treaty of 
iS; ?V 191 t 6 > Ja P an an <* Russia agreed that neither 
coSLr a P art y to a *y political arrangement or 

UakeTn^ 11 i dU ? Ct i ag r 8t ' either of ^em, and to 
take counsel of each other as to the measures to be 


Manchuria] RUSSO-JAPANESE TREATY, 1916 23 

taken in view of the support or the help to be given 
in order to safeguard or defend the territorial rights 
or the special interests in the Far East of one of the 
contracting parties ' should these be threatened. 

Concurrently with the conclusion of this treaty, the 
Russian Government ceded 60 miles of the Chinese 
Eastern Railway between Changchun and the Kiver 
Sungari to Japan, in appreciation of the goodwill 
shown by the latter since the commencement of tne 
war in regard to the supply of munitions. In addition, 
Russia agreed to recognize, so far as she was concerned, 
Japan's right of navigation on the Sungari between 
Kirin and the junction of the rivers Nonni and bungan. 
This right was secured to Russia under Article 11 oi 
the Aigun Treaty of 1858 between China and Russia ; 
hitherto it had been exercised only by Russian and 
Chinese subjects. 


24 


[»0. 89 


III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 

(A) MEANS OP COMMUNICATION 

(1) Internal 

(a) Roads 

The roads in Manchuria are bad, being little more 
than tracks, more or, less defined, between town and 
town. Unmetalled owing to the scarcity of stone, they 
easily wear into ruts and become quagmires in the 
rainy season. It is when frozen hard during the four 
months of winter that they are best fitted for travel, 
and they then have to bear an enormous traffic of two- 
wheeled country carts. These vehicles, each carrying 
irom I3 to 3J tons and drawn by as many as eight or 
nine mules travel in convoys sometimes half a mile 
m length, bearing a miscellaneous freight of native 
and foreign produce. 

Among the principal routes provided with better- 
class roads is that from Yingkow (Port Newchwang) 
through the old city of Newchwang * to Liaoyang, and 
thence by three branches to Moukden. Another such 
route runs from Liaoyang to the Yalu. On some of 
KniifT"! i es of communication bridges have been 
mult by local merchant guilds ; on others in the north 

t« l?nt + G l have been supplied by the Government 
rL+ r ? the 1 conve yance of troops. The Imperial 
post routes, such as that from Tsitsihar, via Petuna, 

in ^ P • and 1 fr ° m Kirin ' via Ninguta, to Nikolsk 
are slli^T? ^ °* Maritime Province of Siberia, 
the Si? ke ttei \ than the ordinary roads. In winter 

a rOaT^ n ^ ? the Lk ° ™ takes the P lace of 
TraHiZ W1SG d0ds that of the u PPer Sungari. 
trading caravans make their way from the province 

1 Concerning Newchwang see below, p. 40, foot-note. 


Manchuria J 


ROADS; RIVERS 


25 


of Shengking (Fengtien) into Kirin and Heilungkiang 
and even into Mongolia, and do .f /Y7SS 
safety so long as they pay blackmail to the ^V*^» 
or local brigands, whose numbers are .continually ^bemg 
recruited from the discharged soldiers and escaped 

^Good 'roads, to act as [feeders to the rail and L water 
ways and so reduce the cost of raising and marketing 
country produce, are an urgent econo ™ c »fV e ^ 
present roads are secondary to rivers in the system 
of Manchurian communications. 

(6) Rivers 

In general Manchuria is well [provided ^^ith navja^ 

rivers ; it was estimated in 1901 1 that 20 000 boats ot 

some seven to fourteen tons burden ™™&&££ 

the river trade, and the number must have greatly 

in TT:t^Z e ^l^y oi Manchuria is the Amur. 
• Alloug P hTt s sometimes said that of the whole course 
only 450 miles are navigable by stumers of 12 ft. 
draught, it appears that steamers of 16 ft. draught can 
proceed for 150 miles above fjf^.=ffiS 
though in general of fair depth, the > river **^P*£ 
by shallow bars which limit ^f^°^Xt^ 

that town. Nevertheless, small f^S^Xance 

of 200 or 300 miles. The mouth <*^J™^%& 
lw « nT1 rl hanks • aoods are unloaded at Marlins* cuiu. 
g£ rytn^thelort of ^^M^t ^ 
The river is frozen from November to M*^ D ™ 
during the summer months ,s , servxce £**£«£ 
the Ussuri, is maintained by the Amur ot t • 

both above and below Khabarovsk. Jome twenty 
VPflrq affo a fleet of 45 steamers was alreacly prying. 
At the same time i? is admitted that the great expecta- 
£om ^ZZlyZL,ined of the economic miportance 

1 Hosie, Manchuria, p. 239. 


26 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[S o. 69 


of the Amur ■,„ o LS °" 69 

fU Of Ie tt t aVenU6 ° f trade have hardIy been 

eastern fr^^n^L^f^ur, the Ussuri, on the 

PortanceasameanVofeoi a '- 1S ? f co ™derable im- 
£ 01 * its confluence nZ m £ mcati ° n ' It is navigable 
Hmka (Khanka) a .S^h 7 * U P <*> Lake 
regularly navigated bvTtp* ^ ° f , 300 mil ^ and is 
the ^ M • those bal^fi ^ ^ 2( >0. Next, 
a n nd .° Ma nchuria and 1 C l Udes the mos * fertile 
flourish mg towns of Harbin ^ banks stand the 
*h £ow -dr aught launches for^ ^ * ^^ by 
sW, T ral Ru ssian l7a° miIes U P to Kirin, 
^a mer8 between Harbin a n^A Cllmese c °mpanies run 
the river i s only useful 1 dAmur P orts - Above Kirin 
Penod NovenaberXr l^L^^^cation during the 
a road for sledges. OflheSV* 1S fro ^ and forms 

whit Tf S £ ar > and byVeS i"^ 8 and smaI1 steamers 
while the Hurlca, whiei J Craft A c o^derably farther; 

bol Uen ^ at ^^g^i/S 8 Ni ^ta and has its . 
Wn\ T ? e ^ r »> S tribnfl m , navi g a ted even by 
460 ^T eStern b °rder oFM? a 7 ° f the Am ^ on the 

^^^-S^^Z. is na * fOT 

Shan^t ^^^r t Pan ' iS 

, i*tC*utlZV? rm ^ nilles from its 

drawing 8-l ft. </ Zt^t^T^ * stea — 
the oSL JU / lks for no more t £ aS Antun S only, and 
of wS e ,V° r * he KnhTtJl "" an , other 50 m ^s, is 
It So 1 Chief mar ts are at a 1 the Cha ngpai-shan, 
of ?he K T J eS the to ^ of Wi;wn n f and Ta tungW 
is ice-bo^T Han ^yo V vol?J G r hu) > the terminus 
of March ? ^ the £<? tf tf£ A ? Un S- The river 
The l7ao\ nd f Iiab] e to flood7? m T e f to the mid <^ 
churian Jw far awa F in th ! V& and A "g^t. 


Manchuria] RIVERS 5 RAILWAYS 27 

The Liao itself has been made navigable for ocean- 
going steamers, drawing up to 17 ft., as far as New- 
chwLg, a treaty port about 14 miles from ^e mouth 
Beyond this the river is available for junks to ' Tiehlmg 
or even Tungchiangtzu, a distance of some 200 -nuks. 
When frozen during the four months of winter, the 
Liao river forms one of the chief highways of the 
country for cart traffic. 

(c) Railways 
The Manchurian railway system consists in general 
of a line running north-west and south-east through 
the northern provinces, joined by a ^line ^m Haxbm 
to Port Arthur running north-east and ^Xr 
through the southern. From Moukden, on the. latter, 
lines branch south-east to Antung a ^d s mith-wcst to 

separately the £»*£. j^- ^taUw^e 
SLTSemE** and theWh Manchunan 

Hsinminting, to Moukden. This hnew 

partially opened as f^^'J^i ^fhalf . lies 
miles, but only about 265 miles, or j 
in Manchuria. From K°*P"^_ B b ™» c £ er branch 
long, runs south-east to Ne^chwang^ An ^ 

seven, miles ^ "^^jSiT^h Hiilutao, where 
25 miles south of ^mcnuw D 41). These are 

a harbour has beea bu^^^V^ to 

apparently the °*y Jfe^^ presumably light 

fnTstri^ Ka0kia °' ^^ 


28 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Ho.€9 


Lienshan and Chinchow, with Tienkiaosang, a point 
on the coast north of Hulutao, and another running 
™??r n I )ar Chincllow to the Nanpiao coal-mines on the 
Uimh frontier. The latter may be connected in some 
way with a Chifeng-Chinchow project which forms 
part of the Chihli Extra Mural Railways scheme. At 
one time there also existed a light. railway running 
north from Hsmminting to Kangpingsien on the Liao 
river not far from Mongolia. 

The line from Hsinminting to Moukden was originally 
Duiit by the Japanese as a light railway with a gauge of 
f 2 *i S^aa g the War with Rus sia, and was sold to China 
4° r i ?? m virtue of an agreement concluded on 
April 15 and ratified in November 1907. By this 
compact half the cost of the reconstruction of the 

S C ?Q°9 n nnn lme east of the Liao rive r, a s™ namely 
oi a*«,uuo, was borrowed from the South Manchurian 
Railway Company in the form of a five per cent, loan 

w^CES^ the property and receipts of the 

a J™ ^°lf- S h ^ a Rail way is built to the standard; 
S%°H ft - 8 * m ' In 1913 {t Possessed 123 locomo- 
P»rfoW dli P assen ger coaches, and 2,936 goods wagons 
capable of carrying 59,795 tons of freight. Additions 

62?554tons ^ U increased **"> capacity to 

a T^t + ? P + ita ln f nS e raUwa y> which is Anglo-Chinese, 
3 4Q?7n7 t0 49 > 971 > 571 dollars. In 1912* it carried 
eaSr P assen g er , s and 3,450,393 tons of goods, 
and T fi S 8?n r oIo nU f ?! 5 ' 257 > 59 1 dollars from the former 
^cem+;t' ^io^o^ 8 from the la «er. The total 
3 820 6^7 ? n 13s1 !?' 638 doUars > and ^e expenditure 
beW28Qs arS ' ■*?* ratio of expenditure to receipts 
cent 8 2m? P er . c f *• In 1913 the ratio was 36-29 per 
^"'at^o^Sf^ ?? 13 ' 841 '"1 dollars and expendi- 
to 52*37 ™ 'I ? d ° UarS - In 1915 ^e ratio had risen 
e^K^,^^ ^000 dollars and 

in { ^vtu^oi h inZr aStem RaUwa y wa * originally built 
6 ° f an a S reem ent concluded in 1896 between 


Manchuria] 


RAILWAYS 


29 


the Chinese ^^Z\Tt^^^^ 
By this a company was to be > lormea wi 5 hinese 

5,000,000 rubles and none but ^XncZuli (Man- 
shareholders, to build a ^JJ^S'SSSrt with 
churia) on the Siberian to ^ tOT W^_^ frontier of 
the Trans-Siberian Railway), an d^^X Yi adi . 
Manchuria, near Suifenho with ^^uat^ 
vostok, a distance of over 900 rmles xne 
be constructed within si x years to a ga*g ol o ^ 
same as that of the Siberian Railway. ^^L, of 
years the Chinese Government ™. *°^™ S^ -with 
purchase on payment of the actual ^st ^ 
the debts and interest due on ^,^2 opening of 
after eighty years from ^^& to l2L» g the 
the line, the railway was automatically 
property of the Chinese Government 

By the Convention o March ^J^^ i& f or a 
the Kwantung peninsula wer lea ed to ^^ 
term of twenty-five yg^^^de at thesame 
mutual agreement, f™™ 1 * • : of an extension of 
time for the construction by Russia 01 _an thward 

the Chinese Eastern Radway from. Hagrn s ^ 
to Dairen (Dalny) and Port Arthur. ^ Tsit . 

acquired administrative °<»^^™a the right of 
sihar as lying within the railway one « a | rf 

exploiting all minerals ^^^J^U men and 
the railwty, ^m^a^^^^^ tariffs 
officers on the lme, and of imposing a 
for or against goods and places. Septem- 

By the Treaty of ^^^^K all Russian 
ber 15, 1905, Japan obta^heo«^n changchun 

railway rights m ^nchum « ^"Vrbin, alt hough 
•(Kwanchengtze), 152 miles soumi Ruggo _ 

the railway zone actual « ^ durmg ^ 

Japanese War ended at C^g^ T^ty of Ports- 
farther south. The P^V^f on December 22, 1905. 
mouth were recognized by Chma ^ ion of the 

The Manchouh^uifenho hne forms ^.^ 

Trans-Siberian Railway. I y tnus d 5 itgelf for 

territory the Russian Government renev 


30 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS (W 

the time being of the extra cost which would have been 
involved in the construction of an alternative route 
(now existing as the Amur Railway) 342 miles longer, 
ana escaped important engineering difficulties in con- 
nexion with bridges and tunnels. Work on the Chinese 
pastern Railway was begun in the spring of 1897 ; the 
?S? er ™ P0 ? 10U Was °P ened in 19 °1> ^e southern in 
I , ooi n ng ? h of the M anchouli-Suifenho section 
*o m a ? d of ^at from Harbin to Changchun 

a T S ' ? a l km S a total of 1*073 miles. 
| PI iw -V s con templated, some 50 miles in 
*5£ \ J 0m . Nm S uta > an important town on the 
M Z ™ ^ e f stern Ki ™, to the main line at 
rZr^ 6 v also a Chinese P r °Ject for a private 

KSSX eaX ^ ^^ to ^^abont 
Co^ e ^ riginal ° apital of the Cil inese Eastern Railway 
ftZt^-M - already Stated ' 5,000,000 rubles; 
TL P rnT r Plta 3 1S not asc ertained, but is Russian, 
most ont^i C ° nstructi on is variously given, but the 
^ JulTl \tt^ G F^ S the cost of ^e whole system 
the 2L 19 ° 5 J f 4 50 >700,000 rubles/ and that of 
Kwrtfi to- Japan at 92,700,000 rubles, 
remanSniS 'T ruWeS aS the cost of the portion 
down to Juh 1 *iZTVT tTo1 Further expenditure 
54^00 Hon 7 V 9 J°' had brou ght this figure up to 
540,300,000 rubles.* However, about MCOOoV 


Original cost 

Interest to July 1, 1903 '. 

Total . 
Less sum paid by China' 


Rubles. 
. 375,000,000 
. 54,600,000 

. 429,600,000 
• 70,000,000 


Im ~. maintenance, and in- 359 ' 60 °' 000 
terest for two years . . . 91,100,000 


Total 


450,700,000 


2 D ' ' • *o"»'W,000 


Manchurial 


RAILWAYS 


31 


rabies is usually taken as the actual cost of construc- 
tion of the present Chinese Eastern B^™*-,^ 
In 1912 the railway carried 1,660,533 pas* ,engers 
and 3,390,773 tons of freight, receiving , a _ revenue 
of 4,322,247 rubles from the former and of l*^ 7 **" 
rubles from the latter. For four years the total 
receipts and expenditure in rubles were : 

19 08 1909. 1910- 

Expenditure . . 18,403,787 16,251,270 15,905,520 

^eipts . . 14 941556 15,536 309 WgjjM 

Profit or loss . .-3,462,231 - UZJOJ. *, > 
Approximate ratio of 

expenditure to re- ^^ 105percent . 91 per cent, 


1912. 
30,000,000 
22,000,000 
-8,000,000 

136 per cent. 


Connected with the Chinese Eastern *fj.^™$ t 
not forming part of the system, ^^f^ZeoiAna 
Railway, a'metre-gauge line >U ^^ES£g 

This railway has a capital of 284,75» taeu, 

hands, and* the construction which began m bep 

tember 1907 and was completed in August 19Uy, 

^Itf South ManckurianBailway Co, was consti- 
tuted on June 7, 1906, by ^^^fS^EK 
Japan, to operate the P^^^SSto^S^ 
Railway taken over from the Russians, vn l ^ 

Antung line built by ^^^^^^^A 
converted in accordance with the «e^g 
of the previous December various b ™ e S' under . 
number of mining, industrial, and commercial u 
takings connected therewith. j } 

The main line from Changcnun ^o ^ c 

taken over from the Chinese Eastern .X^mg ^ 
is 439 miles long The original ^ gauge «£* ig 
apparently been altered as the entire system 

fo 6 tr^dSul/lo' suHL' Korean main line, 


69 


3 2 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [wo. 

Sj^lsnV 8 ! COnnected 1 at Wiju (Gishu) by an iron 

a t?l:?fi ?• l0ng ' 0verthe Yalu - Jt ^ 162 miles long 

7™? °P e ned after conversion on November 3, 

thP a*™ TTf™ n a PP ear s to run from 1908, and 

line ?t ° f ^ S ave China the right to buy the 

line back at the end of fifteen years. 

mnin e S.o are rp5 ree minor br anches connected with the 
N?wW ^r 6Se are the Tashihkiao-Yingkow (Port 
ArtZrT g) £?' -, 13 * mUes •> th e Choushuitze^Port 
nectTH w^Vi, i^ lleS ' b ^ which Port Arthur is con- 
f rom slv + airen Railwa y ' and a line of M± miles 
the ^ us htn a oT' * Stati ° n J' ust so ^h of Moukden,to 
orLS S I 1OTeS east of that ^wn. All three were 
Mav X nar . r o w "fange lines and were converted in 
foSeneralt,?ffl ^ bran cnes, apparently not open 
of ]ffi£L ^raffle one serves the Yentai colliery, south 
bv the ra ?w fl hlCh 1S tolled like those at Fushun 
west to SiS? Com Pany ; one runs from Suchiatun 

cTrse of tw w aPT l and a W mlIeS farther down the 
thriav nf T^ 5 ^ ° ne C ° nnects Lios nutun on 
line 7 Tallenwan opposite Dairen with the main 

110 m°ile b s r w eS - T iU C0UrSe of construction. One, 
th mat 1 £ ° ?*" from Ka ^an, a station on 
cheng Thelt A ° f Cha ngtu, due east to Hailung- 

Kirin is iniS ? * • hat an extension northwards to 
from thVmZl?^ f S,\ The other is *<> branch off 
north of Soukln ^^^Vngkai, a station 120 miles 
and to run to Ph? \^T en Cnan gtn and Changchun, 
a disw of 5 2 S T -° n the ^ngolian border, 
another 120 mifp, 2 \ h T g continued thence for 
for a loan res^ecW ^. to T . Tao nanfu. An agreement 
China and S^n 18 ^ Was concluded 'between 
wasbeg^^^ 

ThftoSlenSh of+v,° W ' S ?T 5 ° miles to *** east. 
South Manchurtn 4S w main lme + and inches of the 
ncnunan .Railway open to general traffic is 


Manchuria! 


RAILWAYS 


33 


680| miles, all of standard gauge. In 1914 the rolling 
stock included 255 locomotives, 190 passenger coaches 
and 2,903 goods wagons. The capital of the company 
is 200,000,000 yen, in a million shares of 200 yen (±,^U). ui 
this sum, half is owned by the Japanese Government, 
while of the remaining half, the issue of which i was con- 
fined to Japanese and Chinese subjects only 20,000,UUU 
yen has been subscribed, and of this only 16,000,000 yen 
is paid up. The company, ^'£?"™%J^*^ 
cent, debentures to the value of £14,000,000 inl^J 
These are guaranteed by the Japanese Government, and 
£200,000 worth have already been redeemed. Ihe 
following table shows the capital expenditure , ot the 
companj from its inception up -to March 31, , 19W , , * 
does not include the value of the lme and plant taken 
over from the Chinese Eastern Railway uo. . 


Railway 

Steamships 

Electric plant 

Gas-works . 

Harbour and wharves 

Workshops ■ ■ 

Hotels 

Buildings . 

Land 

Land improvements 

Collieries 

Total 


Yen. 

70,299,781 
3,385,357 
4,833,697 
1,406,540 
8,661,793 
5,915,122 
1,328,567 
9,699,523 

. 8,404,815 
2,619,697 

10,498,592 


127,053,484 


During the year ending ^M^^K 
ManchuSan Railway yarned ^f^^Zunte^ 
6,477,325tons of freight ^hex^y i> 7,913,948 

to 22,275,132 yen and ^P^eipts of 35-52 per 
yen,givingaratioofexpendrtu £ were 

^^y^^rai expenditure 35,249,844 

yen, the ratio being ,834 per -oar. .. ^ ^ being 

The company enjoys a prrvnegp f ^^ 

allowed toimport '^^f/j.Zkin (transit) charges, 
duty, and m be ingreiiev 1915 the leage 

^Z'SSSnLSSL Railway was extended to 


36 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 69 


already in course of construction, and to be in con- 
nexion with the ice-free harbour of Hulutao, just south 
of Chinchow. Negotiations took place in January 1910 
and a preliminary agreement was reached, but further 
discussion was suspended owing to representations by 
Russia, that it disturbed the plans for the defence of 
her frontier, and by Japan, who objected to an asso- 
ciated proposal to neutralize all Manchurian railways. 

Late in 1913 negotiations were in progress between 
China and. Japan for the construction by the latter of 
a network of railways in southern Manchuria, but so 
far nothing appears to have come of them beyond the 
agreement of 1915 for a loan in respect of the Shihping- 
kai-Chenchiatung line. 

On March 28, 1916, an agreement was concluded 
between the Chinese Government and the" Russo- 
Asiatic Bank respecting the construction of. a line 
of about 460 miles from Harbin, via Mergen and 
Aigun, to Blagoveschensk (where it would connect 
with the projected and possibly already completed 
branch joining that town with the Amur Railway), 
and also of a branch from Mergen to Tsitsihar (or _ 
presumably Angangki), a distance of between 160 and 
200 miles. For the construction of this line a loan of 
£5,000,000 was to be floated after the conclusion of the 
European War. 

The railways of Manchuria, the total length of which 
appears to be at present about 2,180 miles, are inade- 
quate to the full development of the country, but the 
more pressing need is the construction of roads to act 
as feeders to the lines that already exist. There is no 
doubt that the production of the provinces could be 
greatly increased if the means of transport were 
improved. 

{d) Posts, Telegraphs, and Telephones 

Posts .—The Imperial Chinese Post Office grew up 
under the Imperial Maritime Customs and was formally 
recognized by an Imperial edict of March 20 1896. 


Manchuria] POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS 37J 

An order was passed on May 10, 1910, that the Post 
Office should be placed under the Ministry of Posts and 
Communications, and the change was actually made 
in May 1911. The Post Office supplements the Ichan, 
or Imperial Government Courier Service, and the 
Minchu, or native postal agencies (hongs), which now 
transmit and receive, through the Imperial Post, all 
mail matter entrusted to them. 

The head office of the Imperial post in Manchuria 
is at Newchwang, and there are branch offices at 
Chinchow, Wafangtien, Kaiping, Liaoyang, Moukden, 
Changchun, Kirin, and other places. 

Moreover, Japan in the south and to a more limited 
extent Russia in the two northern provinces maintain 
their own post offices and exercise postal rights. 

In 1908 Japan made proposals for a postal conven- 
tion. She claimed the permanent right to carry mails, 
without reference to the Chinese Imperial Post Office, 
on the North China Railway between Peking and 
Newchwang and between the Japanese post offices and 
other Chinese railways in Manchuria. Further she 
required China to treat her own mails to Manchuria as- 
foreign, paying the Japanese railway transit rates in 
accordance with the Postal Union tariff. Lastly, it 
was demanded that Japanese mail steamers and 
launches should have the right to ply on Manchurian 
inland waters and to charge Postal Union rates for any 
Chinese mails carried. The Chinese Government could 
not assent to these demands, and the negotiations tell 
through. -if 

'Telegraphs.— -In Manchuria there are 10,288 miles oi 
telegraph owned by the Chinese Government, ine 
principal line is that from Shanhaikwan to Aigun, 
which connects with the Russian system at Blagove- 
schensk and links up Shanhaikwan, Newchwang, liao- 
yang, Moukden, Kirin, Petuna, Tsitsihar, Mergen, and 
Aigun. From Kirin a branch runs east to JNmguta 
and thence south-east to Hunchun and connects with 
the Primorskaya system and Vladivostok, while from 
Liaoyang another line runs south-east by the Motien- 


38 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 69 


ling pass and Fenghwangcheng to Antung and the 
Yalu valley. 

By a convention made in 1908 Japan agreed, in 
return for a payment of 50,000 yen, to hand over to 
Uima all the Japanese telegraph lines in Manchuria 
outside her railway zone and not to extend her tele- 
phone system without the consent of China. China on 

+ +? arfc J agreed for a period of fifteen y ears t0 P lace 

at the disposal of the Japanese Government special 
telegraph wires to be worked by Japanese operators 
between the treaty ports, Antung, Newchwang, 
J^iaoyang, Moukden, and Tiehling, and the Japanese 
railways. r 

Telephones.— Harbin has a telephone system under 
the control of the Chinese Eastern Railway, and 
^hangchun a system controlled by the South Manchurian 
railway. In southern Manchuria 14 of the principal 
towns have telephone services. Dairen has a trunk 
communication with all places in Manchuria where 
there is a Japanese post office. There also appear to 
be other trunk lines between Zingkow and Liaoyang 
and between Port Arthur and Tiehling. .. 

(2) External 

(a) Ports 

lwl V Tinci V a \ Ports of Manchuria are Dairen, 
wTi w g ' a - nd An . tung ' Dairen is °y ^r the most 
£S Z S ' °™ g t0 ltS bein S °P en a11 the year round 
o fanv Stt SU P T en0 l aCCOmmodation ^ offers to shipping 
and LI T N ^? hwan g is ice-bound for several months 
certa n IT i 1Sta ? Ce UP the Liao river ' w hich presents 
Yalu wS T *? navi g ation - Antung is on the 
oicoml^V 8 ^!- t°T n m ™ ter > a "d only steamers 
(The W., f J l r ght dr ? ght Qan P ass *P to the town. 
KunTS A P ;tXl) f °V 1913 ' 19W ' Ld 1916 wiU 
.. Dairen (Russian, Dalny; population in 1916 4fi niO) 
is approached" through a channel sufficient?? ^ widf and 


Mancuna] TELEPHONES; PORTS 39 

deep to admit steamers ^ any time of the day ^ 
night and at any state of the tide. / r0 ^ n JX 
eastern gales is provided by stone and concrete break 
waters, behind which there lies an expanse of 800 acres 
of smooth water, which is continually dredge d. ine 
port is provided with granite wharves at right angles 
to the stone-faced foreshore, capable of «^^™J 

granite-faced concrete, at which steamers drawing ^p 
to 22 feet can be berthed. These *^^ n °ffi 
less than 350 feet wide, and are lighted with. lect* 
light and provided with steam cranes wh e the bou 
Manchurian Railway runs alongside them ±ner 
are thirty warehouses, covering 25 acres, available 

'Tiren is provided with electric light and ^ramways 
waterworks/and a modern drainage ,^stem an d 
the central parts the streets are macadamized jukl 
lighted. Since July 1907 it has ^JZ^toAhe 
imports are only liable to duty on passing out 

leased territory. u . j ;„ 1916 at 

The exports from Dairen were value L in ^ 
£9,101,375, and the imports at «£"'*£ • 
same year, of the tonnage , entermg and ^ ^ 
83 per cent, was Japanese, 7* Vf™ n tions be i n g 
under 5 per cent. Chinese, that of other dot 
negligible. Dairen is a general emporium ±or al 
monies exported from and imported into Man ^ 

and the South Manchunan ^ lw a %i dat ion en- 
favourable rates and lin P r0 ^ a ? tract trade thither, 
deavours as far as -possible to a ^ f^ observer 1 
It has, indeed, been suggested by a comp 

that the future of Dairen depe ^ £^£ than 
development of the territory a ^ g ^^ S view, 
on thediversioh of trade from oth ^r ports Ih^.^ 

however, is hardly ^^^ the European 
though the conditions arising througn *u r 

War may to some extent vitiate these as a gu 

the future. ' - „ . r> 1286 

■» Quoted by Lawton.^^ea of tU Far East, p. 1286. 


I 

"if 

'! i 


40. . ECONOMIC CONDITIONS |>69 

So ., 1 .??!? as p Rus sian control lasted, the commercial 
possibilities of the port and railway were neglected, 
ihe Japanese, however, have taken pains to develop 
them to the utmost. ' 

Newchwang* (population, about 70,000) has been 

™t Y K? rt T Ce 1858 ' Compared with Dairen it 
possesses the; advantage of having been longer estab- 
onll ? n . ^ bemg conne cted with the interior by two 
S?" 1 ^^ railwa ^' but i4 is handicapped by 
S lce - ^ for four months in the year and by its 
of whtTi \ rt r en mileS U P the iiao ri ™r, the mouth 
of r™ obstruct ^ by a bar. -In 1909 the Chamber 
oi ■.Ummeroe ,r ecommended, and the authorities agreed 
• tonLalJ - aX ° n im P° rt s and exports and a small 

to b P £ f °n incoming vessels, the funds thus raised 
channel dred ging the bar and embanking the 

we?tTf C M? n f iS - a V °r t0i § eneral trade f or the south- 
Tnd c?e fl ^n ^ m - In 1916 ' of the tonnage entering 
Brftish 3' 4 /iP er ° ent - Was ^Panese, 32! per cent" 
nations Sf 5 * P< ^ Cent Chinese > that of other 
foreW^^ Tbe Sports of 

anTof na W 16S *% 1916 were valued ^ £1,534,046 
for the s f2 v C ° mm0dltieS at *1.136,200 ; the exports 
at 1 e y ear were valued at £2 349 582 

raw'rlte? ?" -"*** - ^^^^Ifi^ntial 

now bL t ad ' n , f aV ? U l ° f Dairen - Th e rates have 

tiolte toS- T ' h ° Ugh the y remain ^propor- 
tionate to the&stance travelled. . ■ ' 

a tract of land between the eastern extremity of 

oncete^on e tr s lrbur. th ^ ° ld New ^wang City, said to have 
on a small tribuL" ^ t L T W ^ ™ im P^nt town 30 miles inland 
from the mouth of the rivpr T'a + ^ ewchwa ng itself is now 14 miles 
W, sometimes called IVn* a? th t p0rt has been.moved to Ying- 
Newchwang, however 2S ■ N ™? hw ™Z> 10 miles lower down. 
Customs Station yL S?< * he ? eaty Port an <* Maritime 
churian Rai lway runs toThT I f ° Pei l to , trade '• Th e South Man- 
the North China y RXav rar, t S m ^ ° f the Li ™ ** Yingkow ; 
to the port. Ce7 as ^ Newehwang, but has been extended' 
Newchwang. " a Semeeof J un ks between Yingkow and 


Manchuria"] 


PORTS 


41 


Yingkow and the Niuchiatun quarter has been included 
in the South Manchurian Railway zone sincetne 
construction of the branch from Tasbihkiao to New- 
chwang; a fact which will probably enable tne 
Japanese to enjoy in future an increasing share m tne 
trade and shipping of the port. . _ . 

As Newchwang is closed for so long a period by ice, 
an ice-free harbour with depths of 18 to 30 It. has 
been constructed at Hulutao between Shanhailcwan 
and Kowpangtzu ; Hulutao is connected by a brancn 
with the Peking-Moukden main line. _ _ _ 

Antung (population in 1916, 32,700), situated some 
25 miles up the Yalu river, is the trade centre of a dis^ 
trict extending north-east to the head-waters of the 
Sungari, north to Hailungcheng, and south Jo the 
timber mart and port of Tatungkow, and mcludmg 
towns on the Korean side of the Yalu basin. Antung 
is connected with Wiju (Gishu) on the opposite side ^t 
the river and with the Korean Railway by anew ^twelve 
span bridge of steel ; it is in railway communication 
with Chemulpo, Seoul, and Fusan in Korea and with . 
Moukden in Manchuria, and steamers run regular y 
to Chefoo, Tientsin, Dairen, Chemulpo, Fusan, M031, 
Kobe, and Shanghai. Tn^amei 

' The largest steamers have to j ««*" «*^S 
Island, at the mouth of the river, and only those dmwmg 
less than ten feet of water can P« 'jjj^ 

Goods from ships lying ^\^ Tas ^g^u!l the 
conveyed up the .river by lighters, ^e the J.iao n 

Yalu is ice-bound for four months in the /^ n e 
A commodious tract of land with a rive^rontage 
is being prepared to .serve .as ^^^^^ 
foreigners, but the Japanese aWy ^ c ^ ontrol the 
advantageous position. Seeing that zn y 
railway ^ommunicatgns have ™%££m &» 
bourmg country of Korea, ana n y lumbe ring 
Chinese to ^^^l^^L expected that 

of the Yalu region. 


42 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [*o.e 9 

no T £t C fi ef ^ ° f Antun § is in 8ilk and timber; 
throu/h itS nt P8r C ? nt ' of a11 the timber P assin g 
at t It . ! C T meSe Im P erial Customs is handled 
ZrUnf Tl' In 1916 the total va ^ of the im- 
£lX Lt ntT J n S was £3,352,300 and of the exports 
and n w' J^? Same y ear ' o£ the tonnage entering 
cent cZ g ' ^ 6 J eT Cent - was Japanese, 26-4 V ev 
b^^SiSl 28 Per CGnt - Bri »^o other natiL 

deSibTaWe^P- ^ ancWgeS of Mancliuria are 

(b) Shipping Lines 

twict 6 we P tl 1 v M w ChUrian T . Railwa y maintains a service 
Son vtj £ et T ei } Dairen and Shanghai. The 
at DaheJ US ft e ^ aisha h f s three re S ular ^es touching 
Kob TweelX fr r + ? 0k 1 ° hama fortnightly, one from 
ports monthW^T^n^ from Kobe ™ Korean 
three sTvW 7' The ° sa i a Shosen Kaisha also has 
* Yokohama WnT + f mg Dairen and Japan-one from 
and tftfaiS f? ght l?' ° ne from Osaka twice a week, 

tionef line "I eTch ST^/^ The first " men - 
is a so-callpH < t ■■ two Japanese companies 

subsidy fLm l^'T^^ ' Hne > and rece ™ n0 
mainine W li™ Ja P an , ese Government. The re- 

Japrefet^rmenfeo 8 ^ ^ S* * t0 
company Car ries 0na ^^^^^^ 

rf N "te2^ Shan f a * % a service 

and Tientsin JSy thiS ^tv ^ f ^ LUngk ° U 
tained by the ail 7T ay " . T , nese lmes are mam- 
Company and the PM Co lx I ? me 1 rcia l Steam Navigation 
Company both <S ln \ Me rchants' Steam Navigation 
Yusen Kaisha hn.r^ COncerns - Th « ^ppon 
Kobe, and Osaka ^^ S6rvice to Shimonoseki, 

the A £a NSnV^ ? hangllai ^ a ^rvice of 
na Navigation Co. twice weekly, and steamers 


Manchuna] SHIPPING; TELEGRAPHS; LABOUR 43 

also run to Chefoo daily, to Tientsin three times 
a week, to Dairen twice a week, and to Kobe once 
a fortnight. 

(c) Telegraphic and Wireless Communication 

There is a submarine cable between Dairen and 

Chefoo, the joint property, of Japan and China, each 

country operating its own end. A second cable 

connects Dairen directly with Sasebo on the west coast 

of Japan. ■'■''■ ~ . . 

Oh the headland of Takushan opposite Dairen 
across the Bay of Talienwan, there is a wireless installa- 
tion with a day range of 650 nautical miles and a night 
range of 2,000. 

(B) INDUSTRY 
(1) Labotjk 

Though little more than a fifth of the total area 
available for cultivation in Manchuria is actually 
cultivated, even for this the labour supply is inade- 
quate. According to estimates which are now eigh- 
teen years old, some 30,000 labourers were y arly 
imported from Shantung, returning thither after the 
harvest.' There is also a large immigration ^from the 
neighbouring province of Chihli, but, " th^ *™> 
grants travel by land, there are no means of « jtimatmg 
their numbers. In 1907 Mr. Yamanobe (see below^ 
p. 66) put the permanent yearly emigration from 
Shantung and neighbouring parts at no .less than 
20,000, a figure which, if correct, would account lor 
the admitted increase in agricultural pr oduction 

There is profitable employment n Man ™ ™ 
the land, and in mining and connected industries lor 

V Petty trade. «doJ«£ £= ^ ^£%££i 
tr^lrtX^^i DecembeVand stay in Manchuda 
till the end of March. 


44 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 69 


a great deal more labour than is obtainable. The 
mines and connected industries round Moukden employ 
22,000 men, of whom 20,000 are Chinese and 8,000 
actual miners. The ordinary labourer earns about 
30 kopecks or 8d. a day. 1 

The South Manchurian Eailway Co. has the manage- 
ment of 5,488 acres in the railway zone of the leased 
territory, and of 40,322 acres along the lines outside 
it ; this land is reserved for Japanese settlers, and the 
company propose, by the building of dwelling-houses, 
schools, and hospitals, to do all in their power to 
encourage the development of its resources. 

(2) Agriculture 
In Shengking (Fengtien) most of the arable land lying 

7qi o^t 7 reach of a railwa y is already cultivated. In 
lyi^S Mr. Lawton estimated that ten million acres were 
under cultivation, but of these only 5,835,000 acres were 
sufficiently near a railway for produce to be marketed 
at a reasonable rate. Of this area 150,000 acres were 
under beans The provinces which have most arable 
land [favourably situated but still awaiting cultivation 
are Amn and Heilungkiang, since the Chinese Govern- 
ment, afraid of complications with Russia, long dis- 
couraged immigration into the northern parts from 
tUe more densely populated south. Moreover, much 
f nr^i m r6 f i0nS 0f Kirin and Heilungkiang were 
sSS« y f S + t rYed aS an Im P er ^ hunting fround, and 
settlement there was prohibited. It wal estimated 

Kirin I id h ° n l J ha ? the area ca P able of tillage in 
basS s of t b £ en Q Wg . ht Under cultivation. The fertile 

immenselv toZ?" **£ N ° nni Sh ° uld devel °P int ° 
already cTmL 1n+ r n^ P^^ed. New land is 
^^^S^^t^^^ Bergen and 
only a quarter of whic^^X »T ^ ***** ' 
It is estimated that hi ?Qnc , d f fe w jears ago. 
i ,m.. , ° 9 onl y 8,320,000 acres 

Wh ^™>Manckuria and Korea, v . 128. 


Mancimria] LABOUR; AGRICULTURE 45 

in Manchuria were under cultivation, and the average 
harvest was divided approximately as follows : l 

Bushds. 

M^r g H millet) ■■•■•••■: iSS? 

Millet (spiked) . # • • • • 3 3 ; C95 ; 375 

WheTt '. ' ". i '. '• • • • • • 30,420,125 

Barley, buckwheat, Indian corn, &c. . . • • • 27,194,500 

177,210,875 

The following forecast of the future of Manchurian 
agriculture was made by Mr. Putnam Weale and quoted 
by Mr. Lawton in 1912: 'Chinese agriculture in 
Northern Manchuria will soon not be merely confined 
to winning over to the mattock and the plough the 
whole of these 30 million acres [on the Sungari and 
Nonni], it will steadily invade the vast area of north- 
eastern Mongolia— the Inner Mongolia of the geo- 
graphers—and will bring all the rich grass country 
lying on the east of the Gobi desert under painstaking 
cultivation. Already it is calculated that the Chinese 
agricultural belt is advancing on the Mongols and 
their wandering flocks at the rate of thirty h or twelve 
miles a year. In fifteen or twenty years the spade ana 
mattock will have captured millions of acres and bound 
them tight to the Chinese system in bounteous crops ; 
and much of the harvest of these fields will be available 
for export. Thus a wheat-belt, contemptuous ot 
political and geographical labelling, wil grow up m 
these latitude? to be almost as remarkable as the 
Canadian North-West or .the ever-expandiflg TOj 
Siberian grain districts ; and this belt will be exploited 
in times of stress by those who, without P« f ssing 
any legitimate right of eminent domain have their 
moneybags lying ready and their soldiers in the 
immediate background.' 2 

(a) Products of Commercial Value 
Oil-seeds.-The chief exports from Manchuria are 
soya beans and their products, bean-cake and bean on, 
1 Lawton, op. cit., p. lloA 


46 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[HOJ 


cttomraftL^r^ S r ° U S h the Chines ° Maritime 
Picur f l 33 f l h fT Mancb ™ a n stations being (in 


Beans 

Beans and peas 
Bean-cake . 
Bean-oil . 


1913. 

4,220,699 

4,253,019 

13,608,742 

742,400 


1914. 

6,571,762 

4,092,963 

12,072,685 

736,149 


1916. 

4,668,714 

4,596,076 

14,888,872 

1,377,256 


.«,to /rf0,149 1,377,200 

VladiWok Time 8 f^™ Were aIso shi PP ed from 
previous year d " A ' i d f Cre / Se of 28 P er ce ^- on the 
Of thiriloonoTn ° IaGk ° f steamer accommodation. 
England HoZd T^ *° Euro P e to feed mills in 
wasVessed Si, D /*™ark, while the remainder 

and Lan oatFshint^ % J ^™> wWe bean " cake 
quantities sent VnF? to J Euro P e and America. The 

In 1916 the re we Z f^T* appear to be ™J sma11 - 
and a We milTf Ir ^r Japanese be an-mills in Dairen, 

been ^^1°^^^ ^ *" """^ 
In PViiVm „ j t vt51I1 on m California. 

make ^ or^TJ^ S ° ya bean is lar g^ used to 
sumption in Chin a ^ e ' f? article of universal con- 
called W used a,i S ° v k i! nd ° f flour ' and ^ P aste 
tables. B y ean^cake L. f llSh W j tb meat ' fish > and V 
cheaper and mor e n «tS ? ^ as a cattIe f °od, being 
and as a fextil? zer ? nUtritlous th an cotton-seed oilcake, 

Bean-oil is nsprl i^. +i, 
garine, and can£ wtnTfi^^ ° f soa P> mi- 
semployed as a suW,W? refined and deodorized it 
oil, or even W the *rW t • f ^^^"^ed oil or linseed 
t ? be the best tgefc^f B ° f f?* oiI ' and is said 
also used in the mannfIo + 0r , makm S P aints - Jt is 
and lubricating ons^df^ ° f ™ ish , printing ink, 
tio^f or ^f.^^SS^T. ba ^ of a eompc* 

^^^^ ■« *** 

^ ^---The most important cereal is the tall millet 


anuria] AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS 47 

or kaoliang: The grains are boiled and eaten as 
food or distilled for spirit ; the stalks are woven into 
mats and used for fencing, and bridging and to form 
the walls of houses. Spiked millet, maize, and wheat 
also bulk largely in the export returns, and are used 
for food. The following export figures for gram 
handled at the Manchurian ports or customs stations 
afford an idea of the relative importance oi the crops 
(the quantities are given in piculs) : * 

1913 ' 1914. 1916. 

K-lian g • • • • • J« SI'S ffiSJ 

St • : • • • : 'IKS -2K8" wjgg 

|jr f : : ■■ • ass- isa-- aas 

Total cereals . . • • ^44,729 '^^ 419 ,029 

The production of wheat in Manchuria is at present 
estimated at about 10,000,000 bushels, but it might be 
enormously increased. Most of it is ground m the ^flour- 
mills erected at Harbin during the Russo -J apanese War 

Ginseng. -The most important of ^ the med cmal 
plants grown in Manchuria is ginseng (? ana *J™ S ™± 
frqm the fleshy root of which the Chinese prepare , a tome 
medicine. The value of this is mud [^^ d ^*™ 
drug is in great demand, and when K^P"^*^ 
to China a portion was paid in gi nseng ^Toithe 
in Korea, especially on the f south-eastern dopes oftoe 
Changpai-shan range, and also m the forests of the Knm 
province The wild root, according to Sir H. E. M. J ames 
SSlO or£12 an ounce ^^X^Z^t. 
fancy prices. J^^^^^t^J^ 
anl^rStu^f J *«&£%& S 

qmmmfolium), which grows on the slopes ot the 

A ^s a e°nS "The Newchwang — re t Ur ns 
only, the exports being (m catties of 1 3 lb-) • 
1 Cf . p. 46, footnote. 


48 


Chinese 

Wild 

Beard and refuse 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


1913. 

1,670 
615 
623 


' [So.69 

1914. 1916. 

1,406 2,436 

328 613 

645 


Fibrou Pi ' ' ' ' 623 645 5 * 

true hemp Td'J^ plants S rown for fibre a™ Pte, 
doth arTmanufa^ t? hemp " Sackin g and ^ 
hempsaLusedtn * f d fr ° m the true bem P> and both 
the l&S hernn *?& and Corda S e - & leaves of 

The export^ Sf aIS0 USed to iterate tobacco, 
quantity of hern^ 1 ^ i" 6 ne g% ib ^, but a certain 
the amounts inTn f leaVes Suifenho a «d Dairen, 
1913, 279400 m IQif J T 8 bein S 451 ' 78 ? piculs in 

^6acc^Next ?o\ and 196 i 872 in in- 
most Iargelv inthp t i^ S , and hem P> tobacco bulks 
of it is consumed^ tl e ° f the inte ™r, but a great deal 
from MancCrtn ^n?^^ Tb e exports of tobacco 
in 1913, 11 926 in i<£S amoun ted to 15,019 piculs 

Opium LiroZ J S and 16 ' 441 in 1916- 
and finds its^hS SS^ H f iIun gkiang province 
lively smuggled fl « fc ii Changchun. It is so exten- 
returns. There i? * 7 - }° a PP ear in the customs 
opium at Dairen m-^l C T, 1 , abIe im P ort of Persian 
in the leased terSv y the Use of the Japanese 

Manchuria & S^Xt? " maI *"*«*» of 
which feeds on the i',„ P roduce of a silk moth 
found in a district X^V ( ^ %erCMS mongolica) and is 
to the sea, and UoSd&T* ^ ^ ™" 
Liao and Yalu rivers M* v 6 ^ est and east b ^ the 
material of 61 per 2 S cll ™ a Provides the raw 
as the wild silk is nseTt £ G Sll J P rod ^ed in China, 
sdk of commerce l> S manuf acture of the Tussore 
cocoons used in the n, a ; S °/? duces 36 P er cent . of the 
Silk appears at the,n^ aCture of sUk in China. 

be mg (in piculs) : g ' Tatungkow, recent figures 

S{It — — ' 1913. 1914 . 1916 . 


Silk, raw wild 
Pongee . 
Cocoons, wild 
Cocoons, wild, refuse 

Silk-worms, dried 


. 18,293 

89 

168,158 

371 

13,403 

2,746 


.15,289 

123 

105.199 

285 

14,056 

4,101 


13,926 

102 

71,951 

1,110 
13,741 

5,687 


Manchuria] AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS 49 

Bee-keeping is carried on upon a commercial scale ; 
some families own as many as 500-1,000 beehives. 
The total produce of Manchuria in honey is estimated 1 
at 2,500 tons annually, valued at £75,000, of which 
a portion is exported through the southern ports. 

Stock-farming is carried on extensively in Manchuria, 
and almost every peasant keeps horses, cows, sheep, or 
pigs. There are besides many stock-farmers regularly 
keeping several hundred head of cattle, pigs, and horses. 

Cattle are. not used for draught purposes, but for 
dairy and slaughter only ; exceUent butter is produced 
in North Manchuria. Manchurian horses are used for 
transport and farm work ; they are small but hardy, 
tractable, and capable of prolonged work. Pigs are kept 
in great numbers, being largely fed on the refuse ot 
millet distilleries, and there is an important export ot 
pork to northern China. The bristles are also valuable, 
3,296 piculs having been exported from Dairen and 
Newchwang in 1913, 4,492 in 1914, and 3,926 in 191b. 

Furs and Skins.— There is an important trade mlurs 
with its centre in Moukden. Dog and goat skins are 
also exported, there being special dog farms in con- 
nexion with the industry. ./ i „„ 

Another animal product exported consists of young 
deer horns in the velvet (panty). The Chinese macerate 
the bone and dried skin in alcohol and produce from it 
a restorative medicine resembling hartshorn. , 

Musk is also an article of export, the musk deer being 
found in the forests of Kirin. 

(b) Agricultural Methods 
The Chinaman has little aptitude for pastoral pur- 
suits, and makes small use of the vngm grass oj ifce 
hills to the east of the -railway which might ^pasture 
laiw herds of cattle or sheep. On the other hand, he 
I : o g ne oflL moTt skilful cultivators in the world and 
Sir H E M James describes how he gets up at two 
in the morning, works- with hardly any intermission 
Si dark and then goes to bed at once, so as to rise 

E 


50 


i.69 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [». 

on&f^ The result is marvellous. Instead 
'P anted Z J^ \™ tte ™ d broadcast, it is carefully 
cultivator i,f g6S E * ^^ intervals a P a ^ ^d the 
that ^ eth {" / T er Weedin §' hoein g> or irrigating, so 
Wfth a Itf ° f ? mn develo P s Ji ke a prize plant.' 
admiabSnT^rr 111 ^ 1118 ^ best Possible use of these 
sSce a Mint 1GS ^ T^F** the methods of western 
E^fe^A^ * 1 ™ and Commerce has 
oeen recently established at Peking. 

n,SS ^ if a ^> modern improvements in 
SLe o? P th. M h t VG - entered int0 the agricultural 

St ^y worked aSd^TT i'™""" The "* is Very 
The result ? £ artlfi <»al manures are unknown. 

peasaT 1 1 v ^ "rfmTand^^^ ** ^ and ^ 
cripnleshirn^ i,.i 1 to mou th. A bad harvest 

ofTears t^ I ° £? ^l* he nGVer reacbes in the course 
hisCthodl 5 n b6mg aWe t0 afford t0 im P rove 

(c) Forestry 

is ^wt; S T^" the local di ^ implies, 

forest. The 2;,7 ? ° f unex Ploited primaeval 
Pine, of whLhtSl S *, comm ^cial value are 
willow, b^ch elm ! ? SeVGral ™eties, oak, walnut, 
forest zone tere^s ?. ***?-' In the Ckangpai-shan 

ference. neignt and 7 to 8 feet m circum- 

*~^ to the 

lumber markets, are as follo^ d) ^ the prmCipal 
™^S^^,»«k«ta: (1) the Great 

and the district west of it wt .f kffansai range 
stream of the SumS ? % (3) tbe banks of the main 
with the Cu S m ; fr ° m ? arbin to its J'^ction 
range; (5^ banks of ^ °?? S ? f the L ^le Khingan 

with the Sunlri rfiW^ G Hu / ka r Ver to its J^ction 
sungari , (6) the western slope of the Hsiao- 


Manchuria] AGRICULTURE ; FORESTRY 51 

pashan range as far as the upper reaches of the Lalin 

For the South Manchurian markets : (1) the banks 
of the Yalu and its tributaries ; (2) the upper reaches 
of the Sungari river south of Kirin city ; (3) the banks 
of the Taitze-ho between Pensihu and Liaoyang; (4) 
the. banks of the Hun-ho between Hsingchmg and 

Moukden. r , ■ 

For the Maritime Province and Korean markets : 
(1) the valley of the Tumen ; (2) the banks of the 
Suifen river and the district between it and the Ohmese 

Eastern Railway. . „ „ , ., -, 

The southern forests are the more fully exploited 

Some 30,000 lumbermen are said to be em P lo y ed ^ 
the Yalu, Taitzu, and Hun valleys On the upper 
Sungari 3,000 men are employed; m the Khmgan about 
1,200, and about 1,000 each in the Hulan, Lahn, and 
Hurka valleys. In northern Manchuria a > great deal 
of birch is cut for fuel-wood and is used on the railways 
and for household heating. ■ A __. r 

The Chinese Eastern Railway is a la rg e / or . es > °™ 
and has a special forestry department An important 
concern on the Yalu is the Chinese-Japanese Timber 
Co. The bulk of the timber is marketed through 
individuals known as muchangs, who combme the 
functions of middlemen and wholesale dealers lhe 
muchangs finance the woodmen, paying their timher 
tax and advancing them money for ^^^'^ 

The Chinese Government has formed a Bureau oi 
Forestrv rpeking to promote afforestation and to 
cttrSUtin^ wit! a view to P-ventingjaste, which 
in some parts has destroyed much timber 

The chief timber mart is said to have been ^Tatung 
kow but that port has «t «££**££™ 

Suifenho (exports) : — 

Beams, softwood, sq. ft. . • 

Planks, softwood, sq. ft. . 

Poles, pieces . • 

13 ^ 


1913. 1914. 1916. 

67 024 176,639 3,365,165 

1785,231 1,720,550 1,480,859 

_ 14,550 178 


52 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [*<>, 


1913. 


1914. 


1916. 


— 1 4,589,691 1,824,313 
— 3 — 5,745 


19,077 
569,997 


610 
326 


Hunchun (exports) 

Beams, softwood, sq. ft. 
Piles and poles 
Planks, softwood, sq. ft. 

Antung (exports) :— 

Beams, hardwood, pieces . . ,, 7(W 0QQnn 

Beams, softwood Dierpa " «if' 705 29,900 *„,„.. 

Planks sq ft P ' " ■• 276 > 75 9 339,047 569,997 

Poles, pieces ' " ' * ' ' 6 > 3 05,744 2,899,031 5,696,386 

' 18,848 24,937 64,666 

' ^TrritTf. S -! r0mManChUriaint0leased ' 

Timber of all kinds mania 

' p cms • • • 44,928 54,161 279,023 

Newchwang (exports through native customs) — 
Beams and planks, pieces . . lw ' „,. 

Poles, pieces ' • i ' 364: 2 » 24 6 

1 Value,40,384Haikwantaels. * Value, 624 Hk.taels. - Value, 4,547Hk.taels, 

•; (d) Land Tenure 

prSors 1 ^ 111 ! M ^ chu . ria * beld -by peasant pro- 
IndthLrn^, n f^ X is the § reat B °™e of avenue, 
exempt W Tll of *^ . tei »Ples is the only elass of land 
S a ^ n ch n U + hol ^gs, however, pay less tax than 
CWmLn ^t o^-of-the-way places pay none at all. 
is 1SS? J% ° Ut * a sMlin S an acre,but the acre 
accoXl I tf SSme r> n ?* ° f area ' and Varies in size 
class £d t ^e quality . of the land. An acre of first- 

a* acrfof ® M^rV? SiZe to an En S lish acre > but 

• ^Tt^ e ^Z! &nd 1S double ' and o? inferior land 

chooses r^,? n f SeCU ^ e aS much waste land as he 
i ? s veil hZ y t fv. P ^ U P on ' and ^ stamp duty 
SfidSy mea J^ hG 8 } en &™S Province the land is 
tSee year? Cl Tl P o ys ful1 assessment after 
to IJthont f« S ° f the Sun S ari ^e immigrant has 
He P thente ts \th I *T *T ^ takin S U P ^ land " 
pays W g to 6^ - ™ fiVG year ^ ' and ^terwards 

in y the eighth nnnnfS ^ ^ T nual tax is payable 
farmer can puT off '.^ *l ^ harvest > but the 
when failureCp^ iffoXw d W fl^l ^ 
accumulate for six veai^ TwiorJ ? y fine * If arrears 
Unas .Men i£ ^^^ *£»£ 


M^una] LAND TENURE ; FISHERIES 53 

than sufficient to support the owner are, upon petition, 
exempted from taxation for the year. ,' - •+ rtOT1 

Manchu land is entailed, and only so much of it can 
be sold as is sufficient for the site of a house or a grave. 
It is often let to Chinese, who get virtual poBsesmoa 
of it on mortgage for a third of its value. Rent-free 
land is often granted to Manchu officials as part of 

their salaries. ■„■■,■•' „„/i a land 

There is in general free power of sale as regards land 
in the occupation of Chinamen, but five per cent of 
the price has to be paid to ^magistrate who registers 
the sale and stamps the deed. 1 ....-,. 

(3) Fisheries 

In North Manchuria fishing on the rivers is only 
carried on as a subsidiary occupation and the catch 
is consumed locaUy. In South Manchuria the sea 
fisheries have a considerable value Sea-bream, cod, 
and hairtail are the most abundant &sn. , pmT)lov . 

In 1909 some 3,000 junks, and other J^« 
ing 18,000 men were engaged pern^^ visits 
fisheries ; the fleet is strengthened by seasomd visits 
of several hundred boats from Japan The^atcnj 
valued at about £80,000 ^^' • ^SeriaL 
three-eighths falls to the f^^JSffi^ 

Fish is a principal article of diet among 
but after supplying local wants there is an ex P 
shown by the following table : 


1913. 


1914. 

Picvls. 
2,209 
7,598 
4,100 


1916. 

Picvls. 
4,093 
7,895 
6,197 


From Newchwang (Maritime and Native Customs) : ^ P^s. 

Dried and salt fish . • • • ' 5,770 

Dried prawns and shrimps . 2 ,953 

Prawn and shrimp skins . . • 

Prom Tatungkow :— ^ 129 147 — 

Dried prawns and shrimps • • 
From Manchouli : — 

Fresh fish . • . < • 
From Dairen (including junk trafllo) :— 

Dried, salt, and fresh fish. • 
From Manchuria into leased territory :— _ m 

Dried and salt fish . . • • * . .' \ 1,078 1,241 
Fish and fishery products 

' • ' ' i James, The Long White Mountain, pp. 161-3. 


48,263 65,900 55,541 
8,134 13,018 24,367 


1,161 
2,352 


54 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [*<,* 

(4) Minerals 

Ranee ' I^Tt? *£ TiehHn S' which m eans 'Iron 

wrth S oo' a r??i PenSlllU ' Where [t occurs in conjunction 

MaLhst. C ° P + f r \ S f ° Und at Tunghwasien and 

Monkdpn « ne 1, the E ° rean border due east of 

Ift/v e V S at r Pensihu ' Tienpaoshan, ^hai- 

11 1 tf, Lead ' silica > Potters' clay, and 

coal ZZT' ??* *5 e princi P al mi ^rals worked are 
coal asbestos, gold and soda. . 

north^'af nf C M efl L thepr ° duct of the ^shun collieries 
W^Y^ "^ ^ much smaller q^^tities 

Srkden and T eWeS Cl0Se t0 the main lin * between 
east of ?hP W + a + ° yang ' and tile Pe nsihu collieries 
The Fustin n fr ^ ° n ° r near tbe Antung line. 
500 000 00ftf n C ° Ul f les T are ^lieved to contain^ some 
daily oSt of% nnn al ; and to be ca P able <* an average 
ml^X^Ll 000 t0 3 8 - ; their tota l production in 

some 150 000 nnn + Unes are estimated to contain 
20? • those a ? V °f-' ^ have a da % output of 
Other coal fie?d, ^ ^ eld about 100 tons daily. 
NtfK^M&^. Wuhutsui, Liangs! 
30 mines are worHng Hunchun dlst nct. In all about 

neS? l U mZ:iti^\ hit ^^ a * d ff^s strong 
a good ^Sal tI! p W f and b ™ker fuel and is 
more dilcuHo i^t e ^ ^ Y< P tai COals are 
coke well and are suTt a Kl.> T- Very lastin S' They 
Eushun coal i Tl t, i f T bri ^ette-making. The 

Manchurir^^rS iff \ ¥"*»** ^ ^ 
Hongkong, as^eiu/to ^TlwJ* ""f M 
mamly consumed locally ° ther coals are 

recent yearTT* ^ the ' amo ^ of coal exported in ' 

_, ' i 91 3: ' 1914. 1916. 

From lS J moludln g ]«nk traffic) . 

J^ESSj (thr ° Ugh ^ "* 
From Antung 


Tons. 
1,195,204 
1,011,152 

307,583 
140,549 


Tons. 
1,218,584 
990,823 


Tons. 
837,385 
833,581 


338,019 83,458 
145,750 207,661 


Manchuria! 


MINERALS 


55 


The value of the coal exported from Dairen m 1916 
was 4 Haikwan taels (13s. tyd.) a ton. 

/ron.-The only spot in Manchuria where iron v, 
mined on a commercial sc^ is aWensinu, 
where the Pensihu Coal and Iron-mming Com- 
pany (under the South Manchunan Rfw a y Com- 
pany) had one blast furnace completed in 191d luj 
two others proposed or in eourse of construction 
A yearly production of 50,000 to 100,000 tons ; * ex 
ported when the projected works are in full going order 
The whole of this output is ear-marked f or the use ,<& 
the State-owned Edamitsu Iron-works in Japan. 
Operations are ^™^^ depotts^e 

a ltrt found at Kwantien 45 mile, ; north east 
of Antung, and can be pro duced at a ™^J S ^ 
a pound. The manner of working it is, now , 
quated and the cost of production could V^W be 
largely reduced by the introduction of more modern 

"St found at Moho on **^^J*£Ti 
the placers lyingiin the bed of a ^ a ^ tab ataxy oi 
rive? which joins the Amur ^An,azin on 
banks of the Sungari and of tbe p ^ a ^ n W a tributary 
the title of ' the Golden ' ; on the » J 

of the Argun ; on both banks oi -the Hurka 
Tumen ; tnd at Tunghwasier .and ^_ ^3 en n e ^ 
Yalu, respectively east and south east o d 

All these are alluvial deposits and th .dust is ^ 

by primitive washing methods .Gold ^ s sai 

wlrLd in ten l^^^J^t^Vrtaai 
others in the province of Sheng^ng, d ^^ in 

often very unreliable and there are grea 
the way of exploitation extent from the eastern and 

M S gC^X^-* °< ** ^ tarS 

being recently as f ollows : 


56 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


Co Korea and Japan 
Co Shanghai . 

total, Hk. taels 

total, £ . - . 


1'913. 

5,530 
47,920 

53450 
8,076 


1914. 

37,453 
32,700 

70^153 
9,582 


[wo. 69 

1916. 

741,084 
901,947 

1,643,031 
272,414 


J^pW ? IS ? owever ''is actually produced in 
?S?i? doubtfu ' seei ^g that a certain amount 
Ivivf"?? aS C0in and silver > appears -to 
Zpov'T S and /°i Wards in the course 6f trade. 
£ZS\ th6 ^.^ fi ^ ures may include some gold 
S C P JOnd th f COnfines of Manchuria, since the 
mUnrL i7 eXn T nt ^ Said t0 have bou Sht gold com- 

aarS L the . Slberian miners at **» than the 

aarket price, a practice conducive to smuggling Gold 

149 1£ f ! 8 o 9 K 8 .T d 1899 ~ l e - 1.036,610 Hk. taels 
velv ,11 , ^ 35 A? 63 Hk ' taels (£204,266) respec 
^roIuctS ^ haS b6en n( ? g^at increase 

f the Nonnr d ^V einS ! . n the marshes along the course 
ins beZnT . U ¥ ari ' thG richest region being that 
unfari TtT, I" w r , ^ the lo ™ course of the 
S for usVfnT^^ S Tsitsihar ' Changchun, and 
sold aZ^l ^ Sllk indust ry.. AboSt 130 tons 
re_ sold annually m Kinn alone 

btT^Z^TJt S Ch- qna ? ities in a district 

orkinc. »n,l ! east „ o£ Harbin. Some 600 kilns are 

s^a^i n s H p : r ° b t 6 6S0 - 000 tons - which 

„ ( 5 ) Manufactures 

aa^SSe 11 ™ *** °^ deVelo P ed manufacture 

^tn T P numbIr aS of tur^ *"~ J TT I 
arb n to meet the needs of the ar™ T*! T^ 
teir initial prosperity was due to a 3* M however, 
ie miUs suffered a i w i \ ^ abnormal demand, 
here awK'^^^t* demand fell off. 
«« aarbm 10 large miUs, and the 
-tlosie, op. c*/ . n OJ.T 


Manchuria] MINERALS ; MANUFACTURES £ 

capital invested in them amounted in 1907 to 6,000,0( 
roubles. Their productive capacity at its utm0 ^ 
reckoned at 242,000 tons of flour per annum. In 191 
they were producing only 80,000 tons, or rough 
one-third of their capacity. The local demand at tn 
time was only 40,000 tons and the remainder had to I 
shipped to distant markets. To this the high rates c 
the Chinese Eastern Railway presented an obstacj 
and the Harbin mills, according to the latest lntorm 
tion, were only slowly recovering from the extreme 
depressed condition into which they had fallen. 

Flour milling elsewhere is carried on on a small sea 
except for a single modern steam mill at iienur 
owned by Japanese. „ , , 

Brewing and distilling are fairly well develop 
industries. There are 14 breweries m Harbin and otn< 
on the line of the Chinese Eastern Railway, which supj 
the demand of northern Manchuria but do not expo 
The principal liquor distilled is known as simo-cb 
It is produced from kaoliang, and is stated ^to cont< 
at least 40-50 per cent, of alcoho the best kind Lcc 
taining as much as 60 per cent*- About 600,000 pic 
are produced annually, of which 90 per cent, is oc 
sumed within the country. 

Industries connected with the soya beanaream 
the most prosperous in Manchuria The princi 
products are bean-oil and hean-cake. About oi 
quarter of the bean crop, or 640,000 ton* . « j^*" 
the country. About one-third of the oil imd ^nme-ten 
of the cake are exported. In Dairen and Yingko^ j* 
are large factories with power plant ; m ^ ral 
oil concerns are small and worked by - horse ^r ^m 
power. In aU there are said to be s^ 6 . 1 '™^ 
in Manchuria. Further particulars as to soya b< 
products will be found above (pp. . 45-bJ 

There are many smaU industries working tor ic 
mere are nut j wooUe n industries include 

' Consumption Only. J-*"J w " u irn-nnrtprl M 

manufacture of carpets and rugs from imported LM 
eolian wool, felt boots and other felt goods. Uos 
cotton doth is woven and dyed, and flax and hemp 


58 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[iTo. 69 


large numbers fnl^ ^1^ and J Unks are built in 
At ZZkdL +t " ei ghbourhood of Kirin. 

^tealteZ^ ft^y^™ *^ h ™ 

concern erectedTS 7 ' ? c ? mbin ation with a Japanese 
^bideC^bhatt m 1916 to m ™facture calcium 
The -Rr/flt T e . of am monia. 

considerate ^ fe M* Zf™ C ° C °' has a ^^ of 
Tobacco Co ?f t Moukden > and the Eastern Asia 
Newchwang' L ZT!! concern ) a similar one in 
factory exists and is sa 5 tnV° Wn . * ° hineSe tobaCC ° 

6 ^ a »ds,fcfc 

i (C) COMMERCE 

(1) Domestic 

Domestic ^ PHncipk Bra ^es of Trade 

development iTu^t h ™ SO far reached no great 

tion ar P e peasant^ ^Vid^ ^ ° f the P ^" 
own wants, both nfrt P rovide a great deal for their 
implements of induct™ n S cessar ies of life and of the 

ing of agricultural product * ag " Culture - ™e market- 
sumed, the coal a St I Uch as are not Ioc ally con- 
distribution of such ^ f trades at Ports, and the 
Ported, principally C0 S U i aCt 7 ed ?°° ds as are im " 
stitute the great mX!?^ g °° ds and Petroleum, con- 
great bulk of the trade within the country. 

also in cattle^nTmelt 11 ^ ?°^ r and § rain tr ade and 
and distributes locdlv 't^-? 11 lt ex P orts ' ** im P°rts 

hardwares, and g^rocerL ^t f ?f> tobacco > ™^> 
...... ocenes. The total trade of the town , 


Manchuria] MANUFACTURES ; COMMERCE 59 

in 1908 was estimated at 35,500,000 rubles, of which 
the grain trade accounted for at least half. 

Manchouli, Tsitsihar, and Suifenho have some trade 
in meat, eggs, butter, flour, and hides. Perishable goods 
which are destined for European consumption are 
brought to these centres for transport in refrigerators 
on the Chinese Eastern Railway. 

Kirin was formerly a great commercial town, out 
until recently has been handicapped by lack oi railway 
communications. It is nevertheless still a weaimy 
town with a large wholesale trade in timber. It is a 
centre for the whole of north-eastern Manchuria and 
distributes cotton-cloth, kerosene, and other articles oi 
daily requirement over a large area. Ihe domesuc 
trade of Kirin was valued at about 5,000,000 Haikwan 

taels in 1908. ■ . ,, ■• QQT1 

Tiehling is second only to Changchun in the bean 

trade and has a similar general commerce. 

Mouhden is not generally considered a commercial 

centre, and its trade is mainly retail ^turns tor 

1908 value its domestic trade at 12,000,000 Mexican 

Liaoyang has lost its former commercial importance 
since the Russo-Japanese War, and is now a local 

06 "Changchun is the principal centre of the ^nmlto^ 
of Manchuria and, as the meetmg-point o E the South 
Manchurian and the Chinese Eastern ; B^ ^ 
very large transit ^business. ^^^^ 
trade are beans and gram, ww r 

cotton good,, which are ^ported. The Reason 
is m ™ter, when fte fc^^ P dso£beaI1Bwfte 
communication. Over "M""'" , 10 000 tons f 

brought to ..mark* j u * ™ d <£« 7 5 00>000 ye „, 

l^poS^^^^ 

fl Th and Streird^a^nXn! which is the 

A hor , IXf for the sale and purchase of horses in 

E2rirFar4°and transport inimals form the bulk 


60 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Ho.69 


^oSSm^^sj^. if sp T g and autumn ' 

good numbers. g are brou ght to the fair in 

o^ff^fe^ "» P° rt a » d trading 
the diversion S™,^ S e com Petition of Dairen and 

Manehuria to tt^th W^-F*™" CMna and 
still has, and m«t »? ma Eai W ; but the town 

to its si nation o„ ? ^ S retain > a cer * ain trade owing 

■ ^ the populous L? V?. ' which makes ** the centre 

^ prin C ?paU v Tn th? ° f ?S river ' Its d °mestic trade 

with theaddi ?on of W 1 ^ 16 beam and cotton-oloth, 

ware, wiuokit^^T' SUgar ' glaSS ' and hard " 
raw silk, and hidS M • ° m . im P orte , and ginseng, 
maes, which it receives for export! 

The y™?**™ 8 t0 r™**e Trade and Commerce 
Chinese P 3 al whiS ' "^ Under this ^ad are the 

Ki ^^^^5TtteK hI ? kinds: (1) **, 

guild ,- and (3) the GniM m p weikwa n, or strangers' 
instance is tie « (W r -^ chant » of which the best 
d) The W ^ Gmld >f Newchwang. 

or public pfacef orT.^ ? ° hinese a P» blic office 
matters of public intew • tor the consideration of 
merchants and crafted * 1S an ass ociation of the 
b y an annuallv-eWtSf a P arti cular trade, managed 
to arbitrate inhtSntt "°Tl? ee ' Its s P ecial d ^ * 
members, and oiily S fL f d + ° ther di sputes between its 
law courts allowed ™ ^ort is an appeal to the 
public opinion of th'p ^ * g ' as representing the 
m all matters of buLf I exercises complete control 
from the GovLnment o. ' Ut lt has no authorization 
diction over member, £ T 7 , external source.' Its juris- 
eharter or delegSXowe^W I ' n0t b ^ reason of an ? 
of combination bv tK ' but by virtue of the faculty 
the individual which it «° m ^ umt y and of coercion on 
race '.» wmcn ls so characteristic of the Chinese 

The income of the gui i d is derived from ^^ 
1 Morse, The Guilds of China, F . 27. . 


MM xchuria] TRADE ORGANIZATIONS 61 

on business, voluntary gifts, and fines. -The guild 
establishes rules as to apprenticeship and the conduct 
of business, and enforces them by a system of penalties 
ranging from fines of a score of candles for the temple 
or a dinner of so many dishes to the guild to cessation 
of business relations or commercial boycott. J3y declar- 
ing a suspension of all the business of the trade, the 
managing body sometimes even compels the Govern- 
ment to withdraw or modify an obnoxious order. 

(2) The Hweikwan, or Club House, is an association 
for mutual support and responsibility among the natives 
of a particular province dwelling in a town outside that 
province. It exists to push the individualand collective 
interests of the body of aliens who constitute its members 
and to protect them against the hostihty of natives and 
the rapacity of officials. It arbitrates between members, 
prosecutes their cases in the courts of law, and wdl even 
in cases of necessity, bury the body of a dead member 
in its cemetery and pay his funeral expenses. It pro- 
vides for such of its members as are dangers a free 
employment-agency, guarantees then ' r f Pf™^' 
and obtains for them information as to the solvency 
of any business man in the town. 

Each club has a manager, advisory committee, aiui 
a permanent secretary who acts as the m eohum of 
communication between the club and the 'Government 
authorities. The club is supported by voluntary con 

^^eteaY^m T^Z^n g is a body eom- 

pofedK cLe ? W~l -tfJStS 
there ; ^^^^^^^ allow P ed to levy 
to be carried on through .n, * uno fficial munici- 

fees on the trade of the port, f s an uno d reservo irs, 

pality it ^^lJl^J: 8 G te ^oor, and con! 
controls common lands , reUeve i ^ 

itt^^ 

trading and markets^ ^ ^ very 

mot" exce^tTopPr fash, whifch was not in the coffers 


62 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [» N 

^ceTvTthT^l^ g U j ld ' Signers were driven to 
gooSiorJZf S / f 1 the Sale of their ™P^ in 
^b^S^^Sd^ *j™H§ the agency of 

maintain brancLf at WT * Euro P ean banks 
such a dPBiSwvf -Newchwang, and there is not 

thfhLds of l m r ey ' ? e mo *opoly of business in 
absolute ° mWs ° f the ' Great Guild ' is less 

m^e m aTHarbt ded f a l there is a C ^ m ber of Com- 

fee? gn at Bo;Td bl n f ^j e h :tt Galling ii 8elf the Dairen 

corporations H^™ ™ * ? airen> These are forei § n 
MooKTew& C A ha mbers of Commerce exist It 
H^^^^^^^ 3 ^ Changchun and 
provinces. branches in the three 

T M ^ Foreign Interests 

^■^^^fm iai T^ especially British ' 

themaintenancenS ^ Srme ? b ^ treat ^ to consist in 

of n^^S^-f^*"*' and ° f the P™ ci P le 
^ umuesior the commerce of all nations. 

(e) Economic Penetration 

ecot P m^ tLnrn^in M ^"^ a ^ h de ^ e ° f 
control of theZJ • Ma ^huria. She has exclusive . 

all mining and S^hJ? npQrfcttnt commercial railway; 
China, in LurelvZ^ in 1 enter Prises she shares with 
of other S?oSZ n ^^^ to the excIusion 
allowed to iSe 1;^ *?^ Ja P an ^e alone are 
Position that she oo mil ? rial under t a kmgs. The 
veto the construction S 68 1S ? Udl that she 1S able to 
witK the South Cnol! ^ h £ e that could c om P ete 
Preferential St o ^T** Mway and has the 
Only Jap« w ^?set^ 1 ^ y ii 0an8truotion in its area " 
zones • bufthe Jamn.f T Uow * d ™^n the railway 


Ma .chu r ia] ECONOMIC PENETRATION 63 

trade 83 per cent, at Dairen, 47-6 per cent, at Antung, 
and 45 per cent, at Newchwang, is Japanese. Japan 
has the exclusive use of certain telegraph wires, worked 
by her own operators, and has her own post offices all 
over southern Manchuria. The Japanese banking 
system is everywhere represented by the Yokohama 
Specie. Bank. f 

By virtue of recent agreements, if the revenues oi 
southern Manchuria are pledged as security for foreign 
loans, Japanese capitalists have the first claim to 
advance the money required, while, if financial experts 
or political advisers are employed m southern Man- 
churia, they are to be Japanese. . 

As an instance of trade organization as a metnoa oi 
penetration may be cited a combination of faye J apanese 
cotton textile companies in the Kansai district ine 
combining firms agreed to export yearly 12,000 Dales 
to the value of £120,000, even at the risk oi loss, and 
to entrust the entire sales to a single firm, the Mitsui 
Bussan Kaisha. They are to receive special rates on 
steamers and railways and a loan from the Japanese 
Government of 6,000,000 yen (£600,000) at 4 per cent 
Their transactions can be financed on SP^"? 
favourable terms, since the Japanese Government 
having to pay troops in Manchuria, remits through the 
Yokohama Specie Bank, which does not ^ send the 
money direct, but lends it to the cotton traders, who 
repay the loan by selling goods in Manchuria 

The Japanese Government has ^° J^J^^f 
money at U per cent, to companies | exporting Mtetaj 
cement, beer, marine products, ^ b ?» ™^£^^ 
to Manchuria, and, in the , event of a si ^° once ™ 
effecting an export to Manchuria of more than 
5 000 000 ven (£500,000) in one year the Government 
undertakes" to refund half the interest received. 

i The following particulars are taken from Lawton, op. cit., pp. 
U ? 8 aSS&- - Millar*, TU^Ea^Qu^on £ 203, *.£ 


66 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [»•.» 

^ It is not generally possible to give the countries of 
-STi? , ex P Grts > si nce trans-shipment is often 
etteoted at such ports as Hongkong and Shanghai and 
the identity of the goods lost sight of, but some idea 
of the shares of Manchurian exports taken by different 
a ° r nt fH ma y be obtained from the following particu- 
im/-^ e - Values of ex Ports from Dairen in 1913 and 
arif'i ^remembered that the distribution varies 
SSL Afferent ports, Japanese preponderance 
51 m A ° r f mark ? d at Dairen than at any other port 
H An + tun S' whl e in the trade of the northern ports 
Russia naturally takes the foremost place : 

Country of Destination. 1913 

Japan ... £ 

Korea 

Great Britain and Colonies 

Hongkong 

United States and Hawaii 

Kussia (Pacific ports) 

•Belgium . 

Germany . 


Not ascertained. 


3,966,008 

234,859 

. * 

20,184 

* 

196,556 
8,473 


1914. 

£ 

3,979,365 

120,970 

300,806 

106,629 

98,257 

' 54,880 

166,156 

30,071 


. • - ity Imports 

imoort°fntf M S ^ by far the most considerable 
the Too^tl Manchuna - What the Japanese think of 
be seen frZ aS ? f arket for their cotton goods may 
■SffoS; SpES^*" Y — ^president 

churLri 6y f S ^ 6 .P^oiwing power of the Man- 

MaSrJ'f 11108 * boundless - The inhabitants of 

; inltm IZ^ ¥ ter off than «be Koreans, and, 

^V^t^^™^ about 20,000 persons 

SCeIbouT m 4 lnto the countr y from Shantun ^ 

and it is S ? u^ e new settlers ad <* to the demand, 
^nsum^fn , Ult 1° lma § ine how g^at will grow the 
T ShuL r^° n g ° 0ds in Anuria. . . g . 
r Manchuria itself is one of the best markets in the 

1 Quoted by Lawton, op. cit., pp. 1180-1. 


Manchuria] 


EXPORTS; IMPORTS 


67 


world for cotton textiles. The art of weaving is yet 
in a very primitive state, and as it can by no means 
be improved in the near future, the inhabitants must 
look abroad for the supply of the cotton stuff for their 
clothing. The large majority of the population are 
peasants and labourers, and they are naturally inclined 
to prefer coarse and more durable Japanese cottons to 

finer calico.' . ^ , ,,• 1q „ 

Details of the quantities of the principal articles 
imported through. Manchurian ports are given in 
Appendix V. The cotton statistics certainly appear to 
justify Mr. Yamanobe's view that Japanese textiles 
will in the end oust all others from the Manchurian 
market. The total values of imports into Manchuria 
are as follows (the conversion being made at the mean 
rate for each year) : ^ 1QU 1916 _ 

7olQis45 73,988,133 83,591,308 
Haikwantaels . . . • , • JJgJ.Jg ^ , .^ 13862)571 

£ sterling . . • • • 1V > J * > 

Here again an increase will be observed between 
1913 and 1916,. though less marked th an ^ ca ^ 
of exports. As regards quantities ^e f^jt 
cotton goods declined appreciably, f*^™™Z%£ 
and so did engine oil, while kerosene decreased largely. 
There were substantial increases in gunny bags and 
rice. Cigarettes rose, while matches fell 

: Some ^^rf£^Tt£ foUo^fSt 
into Manchuna + is ^^^^d 1914 the values of 
which gives for the years 1914 an " iy ^* J „ nmces G f 

zshst saw r^xrxw 

explained : 

Country of Ongm. 


Japan . • • 

Korea • • 

Great Britain and Colonies 

Hongkong • • 

United States . • 

Russia (Pacific ports) - 

Belgium • • ' 
Germany • 


1913. 
£ 

| 3,530,367 
255,890 


224,066 

. * 

51.333 

284,865 


1914. 
£ 

2,402,108 
153,408 
239,135 
143,276 
507,628 
237,851 
87,710 
214,145 


* Not ascertained. 
F 2 


68 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


D 


No. 69 


(c) Customs and Tariffs 

In former times, when European commerce with 
Umia was concentrated at Canton, the- Hoppo, or 
Chinese Superintendent of Trade at that port, used 
to appoint thirteen co-hong merchants, and every 
foreigner trading at Canton had to do business through 
one o± these. The co-hong merchants had especially 
to see that foreigners for whom they were responsible 
paid their customs duties, and they controlled the 
customs houses, which were farmed out to them. 

tfy the Treaty of Nanking in 1842, the customs duties 
were faxed at 5 per cent, for imports and 5 per cent, for 
exports payable at the treaty ports. 
+ ^In the middle of the nineteenth century, owing to 
the expense incurred by the Government of China in 
connexion with the Taiping rebellion, a further tax 
HL °?rf d - Called Likin > or 'contribution of 
rftZ f n + d h ' in JP osed u Pon goods in inland transit. 
x*Am stations or barriers were placed along the main 

Xtl ^ COn ; m -« e both h * Iand and water. An 
official hhm tariff exists, but it is ignored both 

■hL-p J I t nd traders ' The f °rmer endeavour to 
St, ? ymeans of m egal exactions, and the 
cleaned r!-iJ ay °2 f6Wer § 00ds ^an are really 
cW.; * 1 B and re § ular traders meet likin 

3 % the payment of lump sums. Likin is 
demrW l e r ed at the rate of 3^ per cent, at the 

tS i atl ° n and 2 P er cent - at each inspection 
SZK« Th + e / f" lou n Ilt colle cted within a province is 
SSS^IS 1 ^'* u 10 Per Cent " but whe/goods are 
to^oi ^20 p^ r °c U e g nt. SeVeral ^'^ tt """ ^^ 

tvltlnr^^l ^ th Eur °P e was extended to the 
iolmllolVJlt em ^ V ° SG h * which customs duties, 
rC? S 7 the C °- h0n V merchants, were paid 
nltumllvi^ ? ad J S \° ^r "own consuls. This 
cJS y Jwi°f ^ ^ n 1863 the Chinese Maritime 
and TxlS ^ \ "^ Z^J ^ to collec t the import 
and export duties and the likin tax at the treaty 


M anch«ria] CUSTOMS AND TARIFFS 69 

ports. In 1898 the Chinese Government agreed that 
the Customs Department, which had practically been 
created by Sir Robert Hart, should remain under 
a British Inspector-General so long as British traae 
was paramount in China. Under the Department 
a system grew up according to which foreign goods, 
on payment to the Maritime Customs of half the duty 
together with the ad valorem tariff, should he exempted 
from likin and obtain a ' transit pass to cleai -them 
through all likin barriers. At treaty ports, foreign 
goods? on which the import duty has been paid, may 
be dispatched at any time to another treaty port 
without further payment. . , h . 

The great difficulty in connexion with hkin n ; that 
the central Government makes revenue demands on 
the provinces for specified sums leaving it to tne 
provincial Governments to raise them as th ey p^ase 
Each province enjoys a measure of f^***™^ 
and treaties of commerce with the f^l^l^^ 
do not bind it. Thus on the one hand the European 
trader, who has paid extra tax to the f^ Mar^ 
Customs at the port of importation to free his gooa 
from likin, complains that his transit pass does not 
avail him in the provinces and on the other hana, 
the Chinese revenue official co^ams that the^ 
pean trader contributes nothing to the prov 
Revenue if likin cannot be imposed on h. goods 

The import tariff of 5 per ^cent o ^ ^ 

remained unrevised for f orty «>u r ^ ' T t of 

Treaty of ^f*^>J°J?wffito Chmese 
1902. By Article VIII <*™ tem of levying 

Government, recognizing ff^l'Lofproductioii, 
likin and other dues on goo^ **£^4X, circula! 
in transit, and at 'destination ^ des regtg of trade , 

tion of oc-^^^^ritotely [subject to 
hereby J^ertoto to *» o ^ ^ 

certain h^tatgns] tho ^ d to a surtax 

In return, the Britisn ^ ^.^ import and 

7? p" ^n Tin expoW together with a consumption 


70 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 69 


tax on articles of Chinese origin not intended for 
export. 

Nevertheless in 1909 it was officially stated in the 
British Parliament that China, far from carrying out 
the provisions of this treaty, had on the contrary 
erected fresh lihin barriers, and had further failed to 
do anything towards fulfilling her promise to reform 
the currency and judicature. 

By existing arrangements foreign merchants other 
than British may import goods into, and export 
native produce from, China on payment of a tariff 
duty amounting to 5 per cent, on the average values 
of their imports in 1897-9, and 5 per cent, on the 
values of 1860 in the case of exports; They may take 
foreign goods to', and bring native produce from, any 
inland place on payment of an additional half tariff- 
duty as transit dues. They may also convey Chinese 
produce from port to port, paying the full export duty 
on shipment and half duty on landing. They can 
manufacture any kind of goods at treaty ports, 
subject only to the conditions binding on native pro- 
ducers, and are exempt from Chinese local taxation. 

It may be remarked that the abolition of the export 
tax is a reform urgently called for in the interests of 
Chinese trade. 

(D) FINANCE 

(1) Taxes 

A poll-tax is levied at the rate of 1 tael for each 
family, or group of families, a register being kept for 
the purpose. , 

^The land-tax has already been discussed in dealing 
with land tenure. In 1915 the estimated revenue 
trom this source from the three provinces was : 


Shengking . 

Kirin . 

Heilungkiang ' , ' \ 

Total for Manchuria 

China (inoluding Manchuria) 


Dollars. 
940,256 
792,223 
362,017 

2,094,496 
65,171,216 


Manchuria] 


CUSTOMS; TAXES 


71 


There is also a salt gabelle. The manufacture of 
salt is a monopoly worked by a number of licensed 
merchants, and is conducted, on the low-lying western 
coast of the Kwantung peninsula, by the evaporation 
of sea water. Before the salt leaves the works, the 
manufacturer has to specify the quantity he is about 
to remove, the destination and the route by which the 
salt will travel. He then gets a permit for which he 
pays a lump sum, but payment is often made through 
the great native guilds, which stand security for their 
members. The retail price of salt at the works is 
stated to have been formerly from 1J to 2 farthings 
per pound according to quality; but ite cost was 
raised enormously by lihin charges, which otten 
added 3 farthings to the price. The tax is said to 
have averaged 1 farthing a pound or a little more. 
Till recently it appears to have been collected m 
Manchuria at the rate of 0-63 dollar per >picul and ^ the 
consumption seems tohave been 3,600,000^ a year 
Some years ago it was proposed to raise th e tax :U> 
2 dollars and eventually to 2-5 dollars, and to make it 
uniform throughout China, but it is not clear whether 
this change has actually taken place. rMor :x. nlp 

The province receives a portion of the maritime 
customs, and as much lihin or transit duty as : the 
local officials can induce traders to pay. J^oarts 
have to pay transit duties on passing through a cus 
toms barrier, and also on unloading. J^e r there 
are percentages levied on sales of land Rouses and 
cattle, a Manchu paying 3 per cent, and [a ^Ohmaman 
5 per cent. A tax of 3 per cent, is J ^^ 
timber when it is marketed and all gold-miners have 

native boats. Distilleries pay 300 to 500 taels per 

• ^O^Whorit seems to be ifcj ^eral opinion 
that the Manchurian is very lightly taxed. 


72" 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Wo.69 


(2) Currency 

t Ji 6 nT tem v cur f nc y found ^. China is probably 
hhSSn? ?° m P llcated in the world, and the confusion 
thfc ifL™ 8 ™ Manchuria ^an in other parts. On 
' Tr IX st li lon . M ^ Whigham remarks (op. tit., p. 134): 

onwT , Un J *5 e f ao S t[ ^ or st "ng of cash, is the 
only real stam } ard of ^^ g.^ . g ^ ^ 

co^n^ 6 ' bUt ° n T ly at its market value, like other. 

svSZ n/fl > Such ^instances no stable 

a fixed ™l + f 6 ls PO 881 ^. Even if the diao had 
monPvT. - 6 ' *?*? W ° uld be no fixit v about the paper 
Se Jin Clr P ula + tlon J- b ^t when it is considered that 
the slrjf 168 t° a ? f normo «s extent, according to 
in K rTnt P ^ lty ° f the Cash in each di^ict, so that 
the exoh a r a ° g( V to the ruble > while in Tieh-ling 
some toTf f™ 6 ^? 01 ? ei § ht to ten > °ne may have 
SO S e f l notloI f °f th « financial chaos of the country.' 
■ . Ihe following is the table of theoretical values : 

10Hao = l Cash. 
10Cash = lCandareen. 
10Candareen = lMace. 
10 Mace = 1 Tael. 

wTaf S tV ?n Sh = 1 Cent ' and 100 cento- 
1 tiac or string Su 10 r ° lls of 10 ° ca ^ make up 

i tSLidoZ 8 ' I} ence {t & pp ears that 'I tael = 

for strin g inf ca -h fhe ST a ? ain char S e is made 
but onlf | 6 o Too M USUally COntains not ^ m 
(Shantmfg and ChmhV n^^'u in northern China 
that the ti«n„ * ■ } ° ne cash counts as two, so 
cally abou m nta ™ nomina % 500 cash and practi- 
cash to a titn L WM t m Manc »™a the number of 
at Moukden and T* Sma ? er ' at ^ewchwang 160, 
should be observpH^ irin ™ th , er more ' The tiao, it 

a measure^Ta^e' ^iS^ 6 - 48 ^ 118 ° f ^ ^ 
The taAl o • • ' ltself a com. 

'* law J I Certam de S ree of fineness, and 

As a wezght the tael is one-sixteenth of a catty or U oz. avoir- 


Manchuria! 


CURRENCY 


73 


there are, moreover, at least four different ta'els bearing 
a fixed ratio to one another, thus : 

100 Haikwan taels = 101-642395 Kuping taels 
= 105-215 Tientsin taels 
= 114-4 Shanghai taels. 

The Haikwan or Customs tael is that in which all 
customs dues are charged, the Kuping or Treasury 
tael that in which taxes are paid. The former is the 
most important for trade statistics, while exchange 
is usually quoted on Shanghai. 

The sterling value of the Haikwan tael for recent 
years (based on the variation in the price of silver) 
is shown in the following table, which needs to be 
borne in mind whenever customs statistics for different 
years are compared :* 

1911 1912. 1913. 1914. 1915- 19 16 - 
2s. m. Ss.Ofi. 3*. 0|d 2«.8iA 2s 7|d. 3, md. 


1910. 

Value. . 2s. 8^. 
HT to fi 1 . 7-43 
fitoHT 1 . . 0-1345 


7-44 
0-1343 


6-55 
0-1527 


6-62 
0-1511 


7-32 7-68 6-03 
0-1366 0-1302 0-1658 


Approximate. 


For actual currency the Spanish, Mexican, and Hong- 
kong dollars pass in China at various rates according 
to the amount of silver they contain and their local 
popularity. But in Manchuria, besides cash, the only 
currency in general use is supplied by the paper notes 
of local bankers, and these only pass within the parti- 
cular district in which the banker's credit runs. Ihus 
if a traveller holding Moukden notes wishes to go to 
Kirin, he has first to change his notes ^ Moukden and 
buy a Kirin credit in silver, and then change his credit 

into Kirin notes. ,. 

Of recent years perhaps the most important medium 
of currency has been the Japanese War notes which 
have now been replaced by those of the Yokohama 

SP The Russians endeavoured to force paper rubles 
into use, but the Chinese would only accept them at 
V heavy discount and then sent them to Shanghai to 


't.' ! 
' lit 


74 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [*o. 69 

bechangedintosilverdollarsorcredits. Largenumhers 
ot counterfeit ruble notes have been imported into the 
ZTT y 'J ° xlstence of Avhich naturally depreciated 
Mlnchuria 1 * CUrr6nt Value ° f Russ * an P a P er in 

nf ^ e ^ han § e value of the ruble is 'of course a matter 

Sti^ S ^ erabl ® im P° rtanc e in Manchuria, and its 

^deprecation in the course of the war has had 

™X?,f r T^ C °?> Se(1Uences for commerce. The Harbin 
enoZt Trade . Re P° r t for 1916 draws attention to the 
rer wS . fluc + tuatlons in the value of the ruble as 
1914^6 m m the northern Provinces during 


Highest 
Lowest 
Average 


1914. 
Kirin. Tsitsihar. 

• 23-50 31-50 
■ 8-40 H-40 

• 13-40 16-53 


1915. 1916. 

Kirin. Tsitsihar. Kirin. Tsitsihar. 

16-70 20-20 12-80 1344 
7-05 7-40 4-99 5-54 

10-98 14-03 9-14 ■ 10-31 


taek e£ V}° e ? d ° f the y ear 1916 ' 100 Shanghai 
120 to no ge V2L 3 ? rubles ' the normal rate bling 
beina qs ??; "J? £1 ° ^ 175 rubles, the normal rate 
oeing 98 (and the actual par 94-57) 

presenT TJT™™* Zf lues W been tf™ in the 
rate mav S e ?• ? Wes ' and to these the normal 
W eb I b a ? P i ied - T In certain other cases values 
valent tc ?L¥}°%\ m Ja P an ese yen, which are equi- 
valent to 24^. (taken as approximately 10 to £1). 

(3) Banking and Financial Influence 
HonaSo- Da a nk i ng ol S re P resen ted in Manchuria by the 

SaTrfn 2 d Harbin " • Bu } dD * Cor P- atio » at 
Bank a l a A Russian by the Russo-Asiatic 

Japanese bv^V^? 111 ' and Newchwang ; and 
Newchwan/ ?! Yokohama Specie Bank at Dairen, 
its offZof ' 1 S g ' ?*oukden, and Harbin, and by 
The Chir, P t' ^ B ?, an fe 0f Ma nchuria, at Moukden. 

oo^tT^:^ China " Bank of 

^ k ~^ 


Manchuria I 


BANKING 


75 


Chosen (Korea) at Antung, and two concerns, the 
Harbin Mutual Banking Corporation and the becona 
Harbin Mutual Banking Corporation, at Harbin. 

In view of the fact that industrial and mining enter- 
prises in southern Manchuria are practically monopo- 
lized by the Japanese, it is reasonable to suppose that 
the Yokohama Specie Bank, which is the most widely 
represented there and has Government support behind 
it, wields a greater influence than any other bank. 

Japanese penetration has not left much room tor 
the investment of other foreign capital in Manchuria, 
but the most profitable fields would appear to be 
mining and lumbering in Kirin and Heilungkiang and 
the improvement of railway communications in those 
provinces in order to exploit their undoubted agri- 
cultural capabilities. 

(E) GENERAL REMARKS 

Economically the greatest need of Manchuria is 
security of life and property and freedom from brigan- 
dage. Next to this, and closely associated mth it 
is the provision of better roads to open up the jemoter 
parts and serve as feeders to the existing «£*g* 
This need is even more urgent than the > "J**™*™ 
of fresh lines. Further, while it is ™^^*™ 
resources of Manchuria cannot be ^P^S; 
the help of foreign enterprise, it may be P^sible 
to suggest that it would be to the benefit not , only ot 
Manchuria itself, but also ^J^^^^SeSstSS 
if that help should take a rather more ^^Jf" 1 
less exclusive form than has hitherto been the case. 


84 


so 

OS 

A 
O 

H 
g 

o 

O 


CO 


« 
O 

« 


I 

'3 
M 
.g 

o 
3 


APPENDIX III 




o 5 o 


gi .gj -^00 TO05 00 t- 1C5 C5 OS 
Tj< lO —i t> lO NHO 

co'in*-* a? 


S: 


03 ' 

« on t.B( 


Moeqio 

N WW i-i 

05 "O 00 CO 
<N O 


CO CO O "* 

t- r- (n <m 

© CO CS^CO 

■* <N <n oo" 

K> i— i t- t~ 

t- O i— l 

co" i-ToT 


&s 
8 


*«. 


2 8k5 t»COT|(l>H001-.iNLOr.tD 
~ -BC NOt>Oi- iNhOlONO 

a> >-t<M„>o i> oo^t-^iooo^iH co S 

. & HNMh^cOi-iltJ "" 




O 


v is 


W i-H 

CO*-** 
"* - 


"2 • SS S rt H? °° t- ® - 1 w w co 
■S'" 5£ S ■* ° * "o "S o oq ■«* 

ST: o 00 h e cs^o is a co 10 e 

^ a S2 53 010" co*-* w"ph"oo"fh*~ 
«* 2< l o^O(M-^coooeoi-icooo 
» g H^n^obcooH o co 

i-i ON ■* i-h 


?^ § S*«o 
"■< s 2 •* of »© 

00 -*+! 1— 1 OJ 

r- w w ■* 


s ^ , 


*<s» 


^ - OHO' 
is o 00 
W 1— t O) 


IO 00 *-H CO 
O I— O OS 

CO 00 00 o> 
sTci'mfh* 

CO T-l I— I 

*h ci'oo 




O 




8^ 
o s » 


00 r- o co ■* <N © 

o) 1.1 ■* n ^1 ^1 1- 

C^CD^lO^iO -^ t- CO 
10" o t* t-T 00 ^ <jT 
■* CO 00 o >o © 

00 co cm >o 


10 


00 


10 05" 


a 
3 


<N 


3 
, 60 O 

a ji 


60 g C 

og.S J g 

h n y„ w B q q 




00 
o 

1— t 
05 
IO 

eo 
00 


No. 69 


w 
00 

00" 

co 




CO 

M 
O 


P- 

.a 

t- 


w 

^ 


' <D 

10" 

k 






o 

P-H 

a. 




Manchnria] PORT TRADE, 1916; EXPORTS 


85 


IV.— PRINCIPAL EXPORTS 

Quantities in piculs of 133J lb. or 60-453 kg. (16-8 piculs=l ton). 


Commodity. 1 
Beans and Peas * 
Bean- cake . . 
Bean oil . 

Kaoliang ( tall millet ) 
Millet (spiked) 
Maize . . . . 
Wheat and Wheat Flour 3 . 
Total Cereals 4 
8 WildSilk 5 . . . 
8 Wild Cocoons 6 . . 
8 Waste Silk . . . 
Tobacco 7 . . . 


1913. 

8,473,718 

13,608,742 

742,400 

1,048,200 

1,479,882 

218,335 

2,085,409 

4,844,729 

18,382 

168,529 

13,403 

15,019 


1914. 

10,664,725 

12,072,685 

736,149 

241,908 

794,044 

559,653 

2,208,092 

3,773,963 

15,412 

105,484 

14,056 

11,926 


1916. 

9,264,790 

14,888,872 

1,377,256 

389,434 

239,449 

143,859 

1,629,366 

1,945,848 

14,028 

73,061 

13,741 

16,441 


1 Coal and coke are exported from southern ports only ; see p. 54. Timber 
is differently classified at different ports ; see pp. 51-2. 

2 Beans and peas, as distinct from beans, appear in the exports at ^anang, 
Manchouli, Harbin, Suifenho, and Hunchun (both appear at hansing) : laid, 
4,253,019; 1914, 4,092,963; 1916,4,596,076. ,„,.-.,„,, 1Qlfi 

3 Flour, all. from Harbin district: 1913, 242,264; 1914, 242,973; 1916, 

* 'including, besides those specified in the table barley oats, and buckwheat, 
and unspecified cereals from Manchouli, but excluding flour. Anflin _ . 

5 Including filature from Dairen : 1916, 1,246; and pongee from Antung . 
1913, 89; 1914, 123; 1916,102. 

stalk from Antung. , 

8 Silk is exported from the four southern ports only. 


86 


APPENDIX V 


[No.< 


V.— PRINCIPAL IMPORTS OF FOREIGN GOODS 


Commodity. 
Cotton Goods 1 : , 

Shirtings, grey, American 
„ „ English 

„ „ Japanese 

„ Total 2 . 
„ white 3 . 
Sheetings, grey, American 
>, „ English 

,, „ Japanese 4 

„ Total 2 
Drills, American . 
„ English 
„ Japanese . 
„ Total 2 
Jeans, English .. 
„ Japanese . 
„ Total 5 
T-cloths, English . 
„ Japanese . 
„ Total 2 
Cotton Cloth 4 , e . 
Plain Cottons, Total 8 .' 
Dyed, fancy, and misc. Cottons 
Cotton Yarn 
Silk Piece Goods 10 . 
Iron and Mid Steel, new and old 
Iron, galvanized, sheets and wire 
Tinned Plates 
Oil, Engine . . " 
Oil, Kerosene . 
Bags, new and old u 
Bice . 
Cigarettes 
Matches 

Sugar ... \ 
Electrical Plant and Fittings 
Railway Plant 12 
Medicines 


Classifier. 
Pieces 


U.S. 


Piculs 


gall. 


.Pieces 
Piculs 
Mille 
Gross 
Piculs 
Value H.T. 


1913. 

177,885 

110,989 

76,110 

466,218 

267,112 

298,675 

22,703 

2,003,363 

2,333,544 

83,999 

3,861 

372,985 

477,262 

422,895 

65,276 

502,503 

4,503 

31,136 

39,614 

3,295,830 

7,382,083 

638,966 

133,117 

292 

448,899 

58,804 

26,938 

704,322 

19,167,990 

12,780,391 

391,383 

956,243 

3,058,861 

411,353 

342,169 

205,269 

181,365 


1914. 

60,093 

73,713 

69,226 

295,380 

320,079 

186,726 

29,981 

3,214,360 

3,460,724 

63,732 

3,276 

434,034 

510,978 

359,778 

147,110 

516,673 

3,486 

3,399 

8,345 

1,436,227 

6,548,406 

563,743 

161,189 

1,340 

479,537 

45,682 

31,774 

821,866 

18,877,123 

17,354,082 

471,658 

940,449 

2,367,398 

384,903 

544,885 

627,214 

217,800 


1916. 

9,265 

53,750 

124,738 

188,073 

223,897 

152,124 

16,082 

793,782 

978,240 

52,063 

1,067 
327,941 
381,165 
131,928 
351,269 
483,197 

3,217 


4,093,175 

6,380,679 

370,861 

141,842 

508 

575,248 

24,361 

38,302 

961,705 

11,992,690 

16,937,304 

564,043 

1,020,193 

2,818,586 

406,50o 

805,39 

936,637 


I The great bulk of cotton goods is imported through Antung, Dairen, and . Ne*- 
cnwang Of the small quantity coming through northern ports most enters Sunenu • 

* Including those of unspecified origin. 

Including small quantities of white sheetings entering Aigun. ' _ v 

Certain goods entering Antung, and classed in 1913 and 1914 as Japanese gw 
sheetings were classed in 1916 as Japanese cotton cloth. 

Including those of American and unspecified origin. ,„.„«. 

Including Japanese cotton cloth and imitation native cotton cloth and Nankeens- 
Averaged at 20 yards. 

* Total of previous items in the table. 

io^ll U ^l aU ? the r C ? it0n g ^°5f 1 uoted b y the P^ce except blankets. 

II MostP Antung and Dairen almost exclusively. 

12 Entered at Dairen only. .*/*&£* ,n-: -,- — ; 


Manchuria] 


87 


AUTHORITIES 

+ China. The Maritime Customs. Returns of Trade and Trade 

Reports, 1913-16. Shanghai, 1914-17. 
-China Year Book, 1916. Edited by H. T. Montague Bell and 

H. G. W. Woodhead. London. 
^-Official Guide to Eastern Asia. Vol. i, Manchuria and Chosen. 
Issued by the Imperial Japanese Government Railways. 
Tokyo, 1913. 
Imperial German Consular Report on Southern Manchuria for 

1912-13. 
-Hosie, Sir Alexander. Manchuria, its People, Resources, 

and Recent History. London, 1901. 
-James, Sir H. E. M. The Long White Mountain, or A Journey 

in Manchuria. London, 1888. 
'-Lawton, Lancelot. Empires of the Far East. London, 

_ 1912, 
Millard, T. P. F. America and the Far Eastern Question. New 

York, 1909 ; published simultaneously as The Far Eastern 

Question. London, 1909. 
Millard, T. F. P. Our Eastern Question : America's Contact 

with the Orient and the Trend of Relations with China and 

Japan. New York, 1916. 
7Morse, H. B. The Guilds of China. London, 1909. 
tRichard, L. Geographic de VEmpire de Chine. Shanghai, 

1905 ; English edition, Comprehensive Geography of the 

Chinese Empire. Translated by M. Kennelly. Shanghai; 

1908. 
^ Weale, B. L. Putnam (i.e. Bertram Lenox Simpson). Manchu 

and Muscovite. London, 1904. 
""Whigham, H. J. Manchuria and Korea. London, 1904. 


► 


HANDBOOKS PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE 
HISTORICAL SECTION OF THE FOREIGN OFFICE. -No. 71 


KIAOCHOW 

AND 

WEIHAIWEI 


LONDON: 
PUBLISHED BY H.M. STATIONERY OEEIOE. 


1920 


EDITORIAL NOTE 


IK the spring of 1917 the Foreign Office, „ — on 
with the preparation which they were making for the work 
of the Peace Conference, established a special section whose 
duty it should be to provide the British ^f^J^ 
Peace Conference with information m the ^^ 
form-geographical, economic, historical, social, rel giou , and 
Xrrespecting the different countries ^s ^, 

L, with ^^^Jg^X%* 

TZZZZIZ:: caning w g hich it appeared that a 

^E2££^~ — by tr t ed ^ 

v + a subiects who (in most cases) gave their services 
on historical subjects, w v geographical sections 

without any remuneration. For the &J» ^ Qn 

saasrsK ^r=— 

hv the War Trade Intelligence Department, wm 

by the War Qf ^ mapg accompanym g 

established by the * om § e above . men tioned depart- 

the f* -T.XT^SSc of them were the work 

'^T^^t^Zs ^ completed its task, 
Now that the Con « qus . iries and 

^ TTas dedded Tissue the books for public use, 
requests, has *£** ^ to students f history, 

believing that ***T affairS) to pub i icist s generally 

^ D X^«S^aven». It is hardly necessary 
thaHome of the subjects dealt with in the series have 
t0 ^ V! come under discussion at the Peace Conference ; 
C Ts th S- "eating of them contain valuable informa- 
££, it has been thought advisable to include them. 


It must be understood that, although the series of volumes 
was prepared under the authority, and is now issued with 
the sanction, of the Foreign Office, that Office is not to be 
regarded as guaranteeing the accuracy of every statement 
which they contain or as identifying itself with all the opinions 
expressed in the several volumes ; the books were not prepared 
in the Foreign Office itself, but are in the nature of information 
provided for the Foreign Office and the British Delegation. 

The books are now published, with a few exceptions, 
substantially as they were issued for the use of the Delegates. 
No attempt has been made to bring them up to date, for, in 
the first place, such a process would have entailed a great 
loss of time and a prohibitive expense ; and, in the second, 
the political and other conditions of a great part of Europe 
and of the Nearer and Middle East are still unsettled and in 
such a state of flux that any attempt to describe them would 
have been incorrect or misleading. The books are therefore 
to be taken as describing, in general, ante-bellum conditions, 
though in a few cases, where it seemed specially desirable, 
the account has been brought down to a later date. 


January 1920. 


G. W. PROTHERO, ' 

General Editor and formerly 
Director of the Historical Section. 


Kiaochow] 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL 

(1) Position and Frontiers . 

(2) Surface, Coast, and Rivers 

Surface 
Coast . 
Rivers 

(3) Climate . 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

(5) Race and Language 

(6) Population . , 

II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

Chronological Summary . 

SSSSS-i Treaty of Peking, 1808 \ . 
StSSXbetweenJapanandOhin., 
May 1915 . • • ' - 

III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 
'•.■(A) Means of Communication 

(1) Internal 

(a) Roads • • • 
■ (b) Rivers and Oanai . 

(c) Railways 

The Shantung Railway • • 

The Tientsin-Pukow Railway . • 

Projected Lines . • • 
{d) Posts, Telegraphs and Telephones . • 

(2) External 

(a) Ports 

v Accommodation . • • 

Nature and Volume of Trade 
Adequacy to Economic Needs . 

^^SS^AWnOm Communications 

Wt . 9014/849- 1000. 6/20. O.U.P. 


PAGE 


2 
2 
2 
3 
3 
3 
4 


5 
5 
5 
6 


8 
8 

9 

10 
11 
13 


14 
15 
16 
17 
18 


(1) Labour . 18 

(2) Agriculture ' 

(a) Products of Commercial Value . . .19 

(b) Methods of Cultivation .... 20 

(c) Forestry . . . . , . .21 

(d) Land Tenure . . . '. '. .21 

(3) Fisheries . . \ . , , .23 

(4) Minerals ....*'. 23 

(5) Manufactures ....... 28 

(C) Commerce 

(1) Domestic 

(a) Principal Branches of Trade . .29 

(b) Towns 29 

(c) Organizations to promote Trade and Com- 

merce ...... 30 

(d) Foreign Interests . '. '. '. .31 

(2) Foreign 

(a) Exports 

• Quantities and Values . . . . 32 
Countries of Destination . ... 35 

(b) Imports 

Quantities and Values . . 35 

Countries of Origin . . . .37 

(c) Customs and Tariffs 37 

(d) Commercial Treaties . . . '. .38 

(D) Finance 

(1) Public Finance . . 38 

(2) Currency . . ' ; .40 
• (3) Banking . . " ' ' <> 41 

AUTHORITIES ... 42 

Maps . . . . .42 




I. GEOGKAPHY PHYSICAL AND 
POLITICAL 

(1) Position and Frontiers 
The seizure of Kiaochow Bay m November 1897 was 

to Germany the lease iui v* j . certain 

on both sides of the entrance , toto ^^^red 
rights in a (neutral) zone of f 31 mri« > («nan ) ^ 

from the high-water hne of the bay. . ^ ^ the 

contained certain concessions of mminj ^ l Q 
construction of-railways, granted hy _ China to £ ^ 

The German leased ^^^^rf China,. 

between 35 <±5 ana ou j. . about 200 

and 120° 56' east i longitude .The ^J^ b is 
square miles (exclusive , erf .the bay) a ^ 

about l^^^/^y^onsiBts of the two arms 
2 miles wide. The .^rnTOiy foreshore, the 

of Kiaochow Bay with the whole ^ tn rf 

Hai-hsi peninsula m f e J,^f end, and the islands 
the ^ngtaor^f^^l^tao, Tai-kung-tao 

Cha^^ 

^are^ of tJneutral zone is about 2,500 square 

*t S the Tsingtao j^J* t^flJw 
on the west by the bay ^^n boundary follows 
Sea ; the northern and north-ea ter^ ^^ to lts 
fairly closely. the right banK the eagt 

source in Rock ^^^^Z the east side of 
boundary is drawn southwards 
the Nan-yao peninsula. ^ 


GEOGRAPHY 

(2) Surface, Coast, and Rivers 


[No. 71 


Surface 

The greater part of the Tsingtao peninsula is covered 
by the Lao-shan range with its ramifications, and the 
Lao-ting peak (3,700 ft.) is the highest elevation in the 
eastern part of Shantung. The hills spread westward 
across the peninsula towards Kiaochow Bay, which is 
fringed by a narrow strip of low-lying ground. 

Though the greater part of the territory is moun- 
tainous, the valleys and low ground along the hay 
have a fertile soil providing a great variety of crops. 
About three-quarters of the area in the leased territory 
is under cultivation. 

Coast 

At the southern end of Kiaochow Bay is the hilly 
peninsula of Hai-hsi, on the south side of which is 
Arcona Bay, affording a sheltered anchorage for junks 
and vessels of less than 13 ft. draught. Kiaochow 
"Bay is bordered on the north and west by low-lying 
ground. The depth at the entrance ranges from 10 to 
30 fathoms, but it shoals towards the north and north- 
west. The city of Kiaochow itself, once a seaport, is 
now 5 miles inland, and its harbour, Ta-pu-tou, is 
only serviceable for junks and shallow-draught boats. 
In the south-eastern part of the bay there is anchor- 
age for large vessels. The Germans have built a large 
harbour for big vessels, a smaller harbour for boats, and 
a landing-pier for boats in-the south-eastern corner of 
the bay. 

The coast from Tsingtao promontory eastward is 
rocky, and indented with small bays, mostly shallow. 
There is a good and secure anchorage in Lao-shan 
Harbour, and on the eastern side of the peninsula there 
is the large Lao-shan Bay. 

Rivers 
Five rivers flow through the leased territory— the 
Paisha-ho ; the Litsun-ho, which is joined near its 


oaochow] SURFACE ; RIVERS, ETC. 3 

mouth by the Chang-tsun-ho flowing across the 
district into Kiaochow Bay ; the Chuwo-ho, flowing 
into the Sha-tzu-kow Bay ; and the Prince ™ 
which flows into Lao-shan Harbour. These r vers , we 
dry most of the year, only the upper courses havmg 
water at all seasons. In the rainy ^^egM 
rapidly, and can then be crossed only at ^ e fords- 
The beds of the rivers are always dangerous, owing to 
numerous quicksands. 

(3) Climate 
The climate of Kiaochow is that of & northerly , Chma, 
and is warm and moist durmg the summer, in 

pleaslnS .2S are * -m the beginning o Apnl^ 
the middle of June and fromW^ & P ^ 
to the end of November Frc ^e miaai 
the beginning of August is a ramy season xn 
northerly to north-westerly winds prevail. 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

Tsingtao is p."^*^:^ 
drainage, clean streets, and careim favo urite 

tically the place ^ Wealthy and mdeedj 
summer resort for -European s „ R ^ on ^ 

SSSSR 5 St&5 5 MW5C 
k^^Xff^^^" be sufficient 

Section against diseases. 

/5) Race and Language 

• • Lhitants of the leased territory are 

Th e nati^^SeS speaking the Shantung 

practically all P, U J° habits, manners, and customs 

dialect. T ^ e Sner n £nese in general of whom 


GEOGRAPHY 


[Mo. 71 


examples. Under the Germans Tsingtao grew into an 
important trading and industrial centre with a large 
commercial population. Numerous schools were started 
under German initiative, and the teaching of the Ger- 
man language was vigorously pushed. 

(6) Population 

Tsingtao has grown rapidly from a fishing village 
into a large modern city of the European type. In 
1913 the population of the leased territory was 192,000, 
or 960 to the square mile. This includes 53,812 
Chinese, 2,360 Chinese ' water population ', 4,470 
Europeans, of whom 2,401 were military, and 342 
Japanese, Koreans, &c. The population of Tsingtao 
in 1913 was 60,484. The remaining population is 
scattered throughout the territory in 311 villages, of 
which Seu-fang and Tsangkow on the railway and 
Litsun are the most considerable. The population 
of the neutral zone is about 1,300,000. 

It is calculated that 250,000 labourers emigrate 
from Shantung every year to Manchuria, leaving in 
the spring and mostly returning in the autumn. Coolie 
agencies and lodging-houses have been established at 
Tsingtao to assist in this traffic. 


Kiaochow j 


II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

[This section is intended to be read in conjunction with CUna, 
No. 67 of this series.] 

Chronological Summary 

1897. Seizure of Kiaochow by ^e^ny 

1898. Treaty of Peking between China ^and uer y ^ 

1913. Mining rights exchanged by Germany P 

1914. Ja^^tum to Germany (August 15). 

1914. Japanese take Kiaochow ^^fj^ and China. 

1915. Arrangements concluded between dap 

rm. -Rav of Kiaochow had figured 
Introductory.— ±he Jsay " • j bases a nd 

prominently in *"™Z<ZA to ******* 
harbours for some yea « pre™* wag ne rally con- 
Germans in November 1S» /. » digtrictj and 
sidered that Russia had designs nP°n f Germa ny 
it was assumed at the time that the ^ ^ nary 
could not have been undertak ™™ J 

understanding ^^J"fp e Ung, 1898.-The murder 
German-Chinese TreatyJJe^, fectU re of 

of two German missionanes £ ible pre text 

Tsaochowfu in f^^and the German occupa- 
for the seizure of & a °f ^ , an ^ 

tion was legged by a treaty g ^ x 

March 6, 1898 ^^^dr it advisable to 
™™1 Chinese Government appr eciation _o. 


to 

give a special proof oi tnei ^ Germany'. By 

Z friendship, shown to Jhem^ y ng 

Article I Ch T' d* Ho incfease the military readi- 
with Germany _ and ; engaged while re- 

ness of the Chm e -£ P t the free passage 

c Pr vins sovereign "gnts, > v 5Q kllomet res 

rfSS»»- ^ZStog E™cho W Bay at high 
nnn Chinese h) surrou 


6 


HISTORY 


[tto. 


n 


water, and to abstain from taking any measures 
therein without the previous consent of the German 
Government. At the same time China reserved the 
right to station troops in that zone, ' in agreement 
with the German Government, and to take other 
military measures '. 

Under Article II, ' both sides of the entrance to the 
Bay of Kiaochow ' were ceded to Germany on lease 
' provisionally for 99 years . . . with the intention of 
meeting the legitimate desires of H.M. the German 
Emperor that Germany, like other Powers, should hold 
a place on the Chinese coast for the repair and equip- 
ment of her ships '. Germany engaged not to construct 
fortifications in the territory thus ceded. 1 

In Article III China agreed to abstain from exercis- 
ing rights of sovereignty in this ceded territory during 
the term of the lease and to leave the exercising of 
those rights to Germany, who was to permit to Chinese 
ships-of-war and merchant vessels ' the same privi- 
leges in the Bay of Kiaochow as the ships of other 
nations on friendly terms with Germany '. 

Fall of Kiaochow, 1914.— -On August 15, 1914, 2 soon 
after the outbreak of war, Japan addressed an 
ultimatum to Germany requiring her ' to deliver on 
a date not later than the 15 September to the Imperial 
Japanese authorities, without condition or compensa- 
tion, the entire leased territories of Kiaochow with a view 
to the eventual restoration of the same to China '. 
The ultimatum was ignored; a Japanese expedition, 

1 The boundaries of the leased territory were subsequently fixed 
by a Sino-German commission. The results of its work are 
summarized on p. 1. The area allotted to Germany was very much 
larger than would be expected from the wording of the treaty. 

2 The ultimatum was drawn up at a Council of Japanese Ministers 
on August 15 and handed to the German Ambassador the same 
evening. It was simultaneously cabled to the Japanese charge 
d'affaires at Berlin, where it arrived on the night of the 16th and was 
formally delivered on the morning of the 17th to the German 
Minister for Foreign Affairs (Japan Year Book, Tokyo, 1915, p. 770) 
See Japan (No. . 73 of this series), p. 94, and China (No. 67' 
p. 91. • ' 


^aochow] TREATIES OF 1898 AND 1915 7 

to which was attached a small British force landed in 

Shantung, and ^tK 
Arrangements concluded between '»£» , c ,. 

whose territory was -f^J ^^tod that they 
military operations, the ^ me , se ™ rances f ro m Japan 
had received formal and definite assurances irom y 

that Kiaochow ^£™^£^'*?™te- 
is no doubt that the British i*w r Japanese 

stood at the beginning that^ th ^ ^ odificat f ons in 
aim and intention. But before .long , ^ 

the attitude of Japan were observed an ^ 

1915 a series of demands ™™™™ a UP e ° ments , re - 
Negotiations f ollowe an by ^ ^tefin M ay 1915 
corded in treaties and exchange oi ^ assent 

the Chinese Government agreed to B Government 
upon all matters upon which the J apaaw Govemment 
might thereafter agree with the ^e and 

relating to ^fpg^f*^ of treaties or 

concessions which ^™** ' ovince of Shantung, and 
otherwise, possessed m tne pio terr itory of 

Japan undertook to restore the ^ase fo]]owing 

Kiaochow to China after the war 
C °l di ThTwhole of Kiaochaw to be opened as a com- 
mercial port. . . Aor . +h(> exclusive jurisdiction of 

4 an t rrs.« jf : s- **- * «• 

J TTt£°toS e Powers desire it, an international 
=npV-s»&in g s. 


[No. 71 


III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 

(A) MEANS OF COMMUNICATION 
(1) Internal 

(a) Roads 

In the southern portion of Kiaochow, not far from 
the sea, a road runs from Tsingtao to the Prince Henry 
Hills and Sha-tzu-kow Bay. 

A macadamized military highway runs north from 
Tsingtao to Tsangkow. Near Tsingtao, a road diverges 
from it and leads to Hohsi and Litsun. From Litsun 
it is continued to Chiushui in the Lao-shan valley, 
along which the Chuwo river flows, and thence to 
the Mecklenburg Convalescent Home in the Lao-shan 
Hills. From the Home the road passes into the 
Felsenthal or Paisha-ho valley, and so to Precipice 
Pass and the German frontier in the north-eastern 
corner of the Protectorate. 

From Chaotsun, on the northern frontier of the 
Protectorate, a road runs up the valley of the Paisha-ho, 
and there is also a road from Sha-tzu-kow Bay to Irene 
Vande, a cottage erected in the Lao-shan Hills by the 
Tsingtao Mountaineering Club. 

There is no road leading from the Protectorate 
into the province of Shantung. Such roads as exist 
are of the most primitive sort. The only wheeled 
vehicle in general use is the well-known Chinese hand- 
barrow, upon which considerable loads can be moved 
by one man. Pack-animals are the most common 
means of transport. 

(&) Rivers and Canal 

The Protectorate contains no navigable rivers, nor 
are there any entering the Bay of Kiaochow from 


^aochow] ROADS; RIVERS; RAILWAYS 9 

Chinese territory. Navigable canals are also lacking, 
but there are the remains of a canal, constructed in 
the thirteenth century, which ran northward across 
the narrowest part of the Shantung peninsu from 
Kiaochow Bay, thus enabling vessels to reach the 
Gulf of Pechili from the Yellow Sea wxthoutdoublmg 
the Shantung promontory. No attempt towoon 
struct the canal has been made in ^^^f'^! 
the desirability of doing so deserves serious con 

sideration. 

(c)' Railways 

The Shantung Railway, -Immedi iat $M^J*J 
cession of Kiaochow a powerful 1!^°™$^ 
and financiers, including *^ ^°T,_ he Bank , the 
the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank ^^^^nk, 
Bank ffir Handel und Industrie the Dr^ner ^ 
S. Bleichroder, R. Warschauer ^J^^^. 
of Frankfurt formed a t Be dm the S W^g* ^ 
bahngesellschaft, in order to " , th Conven- 

mining concessions granted ^ ^^S, odied in the 
tion of 1898. The railway concessions em „* ai 
treaty comprised (i) atoeto mTW ao ° from 

(ii) a LeJmTsinanfu to ^^^^b granted 
Tsingtao to Ichowfu. The minmgc the 

the Exploitation of all fjT^Z^Z mineralS ' 
railway lines. ^ .^^^B^gbaugesdlschaft, 
a second company, the kcnantung B owing to 

was simultaneously formed which bow ^ ^ ^ 
financial difficulties had to be boug^P J company 
way company m 1913 (ct. p. ^h from Tsin gtao 

set to work at once and the mam n ^ ^ 

to Tsinanfu, 256 mdes ong «P 8 ^ long , 
A branch from Changfaen ™ f 'Tsaochwang 

was opened in 1906, and ano her ^ 

to Taierchwang 26 m le long, * . g gin le> 

The gauge is 4 ft. 8J ^f £ eoLtructed to admit of 
but the earthworks have been co ^ f 

l^tVm^TomZ stock consisted of 


10 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[no. n 


41 locomotives, 110 passenger cars, and 1,051 goods 


cars. 


The following statistics show the amount of passenger 
and goods traffic on the railway from 1910 to 1913 : 
1910. 1911. 1912. 1913. 

Passengers . . 654,128 909,065 1,230,043 1,317,438 
Tons of goods . 769,192 717,189 852,001 946,610 

The treaty between China and Germany provided 
for the co-operation of Chinese capital in the under- 
taking, hut no advantage was taken of this provision, 
the Chinese having a deeply-rooted prejudice against 
investment in companies. The capital of the company 
in 1898 was 54,000,000 marks, or £2,700,000. This 
was increased to 60,000,000 marks when the company 
took over the Schantung Bergbaugesellschaft in 1913 (cf . 
p. 25). The cost of constructing the line was nearly 
£2,650,000. The following dividends were paid in the 
seven years following the completion of the main line : 
1905, 3J- per cent. ; 1906, 4£ per cent. ; 1907, 4| per 
cent. ; 1908, 4f per cent. ; 1909, 6 per cent. ; 1910, 
6J per cent. ; 1911, 6 per cent. The receipts for 1912 
were 9,292,466 marks (£464,623), and the expenses 
2,464,629 marks (£123,231), so that the balance-sheet 
showed a profit of 6,827,837 marks (£341,392). 

The most important stations on the railway _ are 
Tsangkow, within the Protectorate, Weihsien, a colliery 
centre (cf. p. 24), Tsingchow, and Changtien, the 
junction for the branch line to the Poshan coal-field. 

The railway is now being worked by the Japanese. 

The Tientsin-Pukow Railway. — The option of con- 
structing aline from Tsinanfu tolchowfu was included in 
the concession to the Schantung Eisenbahngesellschaf t. 
In 1897, however, a Chinese, Yung Wing, had obtained 
a concession for a railway from Tientsin to Chinkiang, 
and had arranged to borrow money for it from an 

1 In September 1913 an old narrow-gauge salt line connecting 
Hwangtaichiao on the Siaoching-ho with *Lukow Harbour on 
the Yellow River was reconstructed in order to be linked up with 
the Shantung Railway by a short line then under construction. The 
line was expected to be a valuable feeder for the German railway. 


Kiaoohow] 


EAILWAYS 


11 


Anglo-American syndicate. The Convention of Kiao- 
chow interfered with this concession. Yung Wmg 
withdrew, and German and British capitalists came to 
terms in 1899, forming a combined Anglo-German 
syndicate, and agreeing that the northern section erf the 
line from Tientsin to Chinkiang should be built by 
German and the southern by Bntiah oaptal Ihe 
Chinese, however, insisted that the line : should J,e 
a Chinese Government railway, and the Germans can, 
sented ; but the Boxer risings held up the execution 
of the contract till 1905. The terminus w^ » then 
changed from Chinkiang. to Pokow ™<$*J*^™£ 
connLionwithNan^ 

loan was If^L^to ^'be German (contributed 
of which £6,500,000 was w uo " v. _„ _ 00 qq 

British supplied chiefly by the ™™°" , . Bankins 
Corporation and the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banning 

Corporation). , , t Hanc hwang, 

Xhe G«" C Ss S g feu* was subsequently 

Chentangchwang-Liangwangehwang 16 mfl^ . h 
cheng-Tsaochwang (a coal line h?™™ L kow _ 
19 miles ; ^^of^TitTmtlveA^-GTmi 
Hwangtaichiao, S f f^f^n ^ e Une ^connected with 

t C K;h„ig m MouHen T Cwat^ - ™» with 
. % S STh g eitp»y's accounts showed a deficit of 

- £245,625. making the agreement regard- 

Project^ Lines.-to. S^ g Railway, the Germans 
ing the ^^^^^ a^ from Mngtw 
reserved their right to °^™ vemment raised dim- 
to Ichowfu. The Ch £f° ^ eed ear ly in 1914 to 
culties, but after nego* gto«UMg eed^ J ^ ^ 

the construction at a ^ on the Ts i ng tao- 

Kaomi, a little west of ^aoch^own, ^ 

^S^^ at a pointa Uttle 


12 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


D 


No. 71 


to the north of the Grand Canal. The company work- 
ing the new line was to have running powers over 
a section of the Tientsin-Pukow Railway. The under- 
taking was to be a Chinese Government railway under 
German direction, with German engineers and accoun- 
tants, and with German capital and materials ; but 
Germany was to give up her mineral rights along the 
whole length of the line. 

Simultaneously the Germans obtained the right to 
build an extension of the Shantung .Railway from 
Tsinanfu to Shunte, or some point between Shunte and 
Sinsiang on the Peking-Hankow Railway. The first 
idea seems to have been that the terminus of this 
extension should be Chengting, also on the Pekin- 
Hankow line, whence a Russian-built line runs to 
Taiyuah in the province of Shansi, which contains the ( 
richest coal-fields of all China. This project seems, 
however, to have been definitely abandoned. Like 
the Ichowfu Railway, the Tsinanfu-Shunte extension 
was to be a Chinese Government railway under German 
direction, with German engineers, accountants, capital, 
and material. It was suggested that this line might 
later be continued westwards to Luanfu in South Shansi. 

Another plan which had not matured in 1914 was the 
construction of a line from Yenchow on the Tientsin- 
Pukow line to Kaifeng, the eastern terminus of the 
projected Belgian railway through the province of 
Honan to Hsien in Shansi. The route for this German 
line was surveyed as far back as 1910. 

Great advantages, actual or prospective, were offered 
to German commerce by these projected railways.. 
By the Shantung line and its branches, Germany 
tapped the trade of northern Shantung, and the 
Tientsin-Pukow line gave her access to Chihli and 
south-west Shantung. The Ichowfu line would have - 
opened up eastern Shantung; the Shunte exten- 
sion would .have extended German influence into 
western Chihli ; and lastly, had the Kaifeng plan been 
brought to maturity, Germany would have had an 
open door into Honan and Shansi. 


Kiaocow] RAILWAYS ; POSTS, ETC. 13 

Opposition to German railway ex pansion in N orth 

China showed itself not only in diplomatic delays ^ and 

the unalterable resolve that the new '^^J^ 

come under the control of ^ hme ! G ^J^Ze^e 
but also in a plan, advocated with great zeal m Cheese. 

circles, for the building of * ^"^^to^ 
Weihsien to Chefoo, with ^ ^ eci ^{ZlSmtum 
latter port its lost commercial ^^^J^the 
The Chinese Imperial Bank P r « mis f/^f t h e scheme 
amount raised was totally inadequate, and the scheme 

W Wrtr^f a prophetic turn have ^ £• P-J 
■bi]ity of a great railway acfss Centr^ IX^-ho, 

cutting through the mou— be ^ * & ^ 
Honan. Of such a ra i way Tsmgtao^ ■« 
minus, but if Shanghai which would J*™ * 
superior claims, were preferred, ^f^^ • 
rate be the terminus of ^P^S^TooiiBtraflt 
In 1915 Japan demanded l the ngn QiJf 

a line from Weihsien to Lun ^^ t P °r C hefoo ; but 
of Chihli, about 60 miles north- west o ^ u^^ tQ 
China refused to consent and e- ^pre ^ hgien to 
herself the right to build a line from 
Chefoo, via Lungkow. 

(J) Posts Telegraphs, and Telephones _ 

the Protectorate and their own P ^ Impenal 

Laichow, Tsingchow, and x e Maritim e 

Customs, but has . be ^ »^May 1911. It supple- 
Posts and Communication sn« 7 ^^ d 

ments the I cha "^ or ^°J ttTagencies, which formerly 

ment in 1^ , „ 
project themselves. 


14 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Ho. 71 


Before the war the usual route for mails from Europe 
to Tsingtao was by the Siberian Railway to Dairen 
and thence by steamer. Letters between western 
Europe and Tsingtao took from 17 to 22 days in transit. 

The telegraph system runs along the whole length of 
the railways ; and from Weihsien on the railway 
a telegraph line runs to Laichow, where it bifurcates, 
one branch running to Tengchowfu and the other to 
Chefoo and Weihaiwei. There is also a telegraph line 
from the town of Kiaochow to Pingtuchow and 
Shaho, where it joins the Weihsien-Laichow line. 
Within the limits of the Protectorate, Litsun and the 
Mecklenburg Convalescent Home on the Lao-shan Hills 
are connected by telegraph. . ' 

There is a telephone system in Tsingtao, and the 
tops of all the surrounding hills are connected with 
a central office by telephone for military purposes. 

(2) External 

(a) Ports 

Accommodation. — The port of Tsingtao is situated 
within the Bay of Kiaochow, a large land-locked arm 
of the sea, with an entrance two miles in width and 
a depth of at least 60 ft. at its shallowest point. 

There are two harbours, known as the Great Harbour 
and the Small Harbour, both artificial, and both 
situated on the north side of the Tsingtao peninsula. 
Between the two is a small area known as the ' Building 
Harbour ' (Bau-Hafen), which is intended for the con- 
struction and repair of junks. 

The Great Harbour consists of a water area of 730 
acres, enclosed by a mole shaped like a horseshoe and 
3| miles in length. The entrance is 984 ft. wide ; 
a channel, dredged to a depth of 28^ ft., leads up to 
it, and a considerable portion of the harbour area has 
also been dredged to the same depth. On the east 
side of the entrance there are two straight moles 
parallel with one another, which form the principal 


Kiaoc^w] TELEGRAPHS, ETC. ; PORTS 15 

discharging and loading wharves of the port. Both 
are 558 ft. in breadth, and are well supplied with 
warehouses and cranes. There are berths for 30 vessels. 
Railway lines connected with the line to Tsmanfu run 
along both moles. A little farther north, where the 
horseshoe mole joins the land, there is a wharf for 
petroleum steamers, with storage tanks m its vicinity. 
At the sea or western end of the horseshoe mole there 
has been constructed a broad quay, on which there is 
a shipbuilding and repairing yard which belonged to 
the German Government, and a smaller yard and 
a machine shop in private ownership. Connected _ with 
the Government yard is a floating ; dry dock whichi^ 
400 ft. long, 120 ft. broad, and 32 ft. in depth, andean 
accommodate vessels up to 16 000 tons Am Iway 
line running the full length of the horseshoe mob and 
connected with the Tsinanfu line serves the yards and 

Sh S tnot^r SS ^ov^escribed c— es 
the Free Port (Freihafengehet) ™^ ™^£ 
customs dues on ex ports or import ^™^m 
limited district replaced m 1906 the tree ™ne, 
that date included the whole ^f, ™^^ 37 f 
tion was made for reasons referred to below (g ^ 

About a mile to the ^fj^f^ Smal i 
outside the bounds of the ■, bree rorc, 
Harbour, used by coastmg .and ^f h ^ m xendered 

shelter offered ^ Xtnstuctt of two moles, 
more complete by the const ^ 

o ?r tctJofwaTe? has f"n made mto^e 
S±£ S l^L^&^^o a wharf on the 
north side. ^ Hnnal anc horage with fairly good 

A her6 „ffi Z souS sUe of the Isingtao peninsu a, 
shelter off the soinn , £ petroleum vessels. 

%> Stati TaX e ha™ been erected o„?he shore elose by 
Storage tanks have d _ since the opening of 

the^S WoTa^ Tbeen visited by an increase 


16 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 71 


number of steamers yearly. The figures for the period 
1906 to 1913 are as follows : 


1906-7. 
1907-8 . 
1908-9 . 
1909-10 
1910-11 
1911-12 
1912-13 


No. of Steamers. 
499 
432 
511 
568 
618 
785 
923 


Aggregate Tonnage. 

546,843 

519,292 

670,025 

806,759 

1,070,702 

1,209,154 

1,298,622 


In addition the port is frequented by numerous 
junks, which load and discharge in the Small Harbour. 

The goods passing through the port of Tsingtao are 
mainly in transit, as few -of them are produced or con- 
sumed within the bounds of the Protectorate. The 
principal commodities shipped or discharged at the port 
are reviewed below (pp. 32-37), where detailed statistics 
are also given. It should be noted, however, that 
Tsingtao is a great coaling station, and that the bunker 
coal taken by ships is not included in the export 
returns. • 

Adequacy to Economic Needs. — Tsingtao port has 
been laid out on extensive lines with a view to develop- 
ment, and will probably be able to meet all demands 
upon its accommodation for some time to come. In 
the Great Harbour quay space could be considerably 
enlarged without unduly curtailing room for anchorage. 

Owing to the Shantung Railway, Tsingtao has 
become the most convenient port for a large region. 
Its rise has caused great loss to Chefoo, which for- 
merly had almost a monopoly of the foreign trade of 
Shantung, and the Chefoo merchants attempted, 
without success, to organize a boycott of the German 
port. Even Tientsin was menaced by the rapid 
rise of Tsingtao, especially after the construction of 
the Tientsin-Pukow Railway. The great advantage 
of Tsingtao over Tientsin lies in the fact that while 
Tientsin is usually ice-bound for some months in 
winter, Tsingtao is nearly always ice-free. For summer 
trade, however, Tientsin will probably remain more 


Kiaochow] PORTS ; SHIPPING LINES 17 

attractive to merchants of the adjacent inland districts ; 
and it is significant that during the winter of 1912-13 
the Tientsin river was kept open by ice-breakers. Ine 
Germans, indeed, were somewhat apprehensive lest 
the new Tientsin-Hankow Railway might divert trade 
from Tsingtao, but there is no evidence available as 
to the effect actually produced. 

The construction of the projected railways described 
above (p. 11) would doubtless bring a great volume ot 
new trade to Tsingtao. 

(b) Shipping Lines 
The Hamburg-Amerika Linie maintained a weekly 
f Jght strv" e and a monthly passenger sarv^brtween 
Shanghai and Tsingtao, and the ^° °°*^ 
coasting steamers called at Tsingtao on their voyages 
between Shanghai and Tientsin. 

^Ssatshosen Kaisha ;ran steers *™e monthly 
from Kobe to Tsingtao, returning thence to 0*** 

tL .Smith Manehurian Railway Co. s steamer 
JEd atMngtao once a weeh on its voyages between 
Dairen and Shanghai. following lines from 

^-Jr^zi^^ ^ - 

T tf The Norddentsc ^^^^1 ^ 

h 1rlltX vovagesfand wonl have been visited 
call on alternate voy g , rf wM 

every voyage. ™™™^ Linie bega „ in 1914 a serv.ce 

The H^S^d American Pacific ports ma the 
between Hamburg ana am ^^ voyage 

SmSe b^hXama cLl Tsingtao was one 
of the ports ° £ ca "; Penins ular and Oriental Steam 
Halation Co! Ltt cLd on their fortnightly voyage, 


18 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 71 


between Bombay and Japan, and those of the Messa- 
geries Maritimes on their monthly voyages between 
Marseilles and Japan. 

_ Steamers of the Great Northern Steam Naviga- 
tion Co., an American line, touched at Tsingtao on 
their voyages between Seattle and Shanghai. 

Tsingtao was thus served by a number of important 
lines and connected with all parts of the world by first- 
class steamer services. This was due less to its com- 
mercial importance than to its advantages as a coaling 
station. 

(c) Telegraphic and Wireless Communications 
In 1914 Tsingtao was connected by maritime cable 
with Shanghai and Chefoo, both Jines belonging to the 
German Imperial Postal authorities. From Shanghai 
there are cables to Hong Kong, Japan, and Europe, 
owned by the Eastern Extension Telegraph Co., and 
Chefoo has cable communication with Dairen in Man- 
churia and with Tientsin. The Chefoo-Dairen cable is 
Japanese Government property. 
■ The German Oriental Wireless Telegraphy Co. had 
a wireless installation at Tsingtao. 

(B) INDUSTRY 

(1) Labour 
Shantung is the most densely populated province 
of China, so that the Kiaochow Protectorate had 
a large reservoir of native labour to draw upon. 
Moreover, the political disturbances in China led 
to a considerable immigration of Chinese into the 
German Protectorate. The population of Tsingtao 
itself rose from 14,905 in 1902 to 40,264 in 1910 and 
60,484 in 1913, and large numbers of Chinese workmen 
live in the villages on the flat ground north-east of the 
Moltke and Bismarck Hills. It illustrates the deter- 
mination of the Germans to make the fullest use of 
the available labour supply that the German Chamber 
of Commerce arranged for workmen's trains in certain 
districts. 


Kiaocow] LABOUR; AGRICULTURE 19 

In 1900, as there were no craftsmen at hand, the 
skilled labour required for the building of Tsuigtw 
and its harbour works had to be got from Shanghai 
at high wages. The Germans, therefore opened at 
Tsingtao a technical school for young Chinese^ The 
studtnts worked for four years »* WJ™ J^& 
they then received an apprenticeship certificate but 

we/e obliged to remain ^^J^JS 
service. of the dockyard By 1911, ^* "J? MUed 
were working there, and wages .had fallen skiUea 
workmen from South China; who had at one .tone 
received as ^^ r ^^S^^^ 

al^1»^ 

China as a whole, which was 0-52 dollar. 

(2) Agriculture 
(a) Products of Commercial Value 

The soil of the ^^f^^^^ 
to the la'rge quantity of potasMt>c cultivation . 

the rocky nature of ™>°™£ %e the sweet potato, 
Among the T^^Ctt the cultivated area, rice 
which occupies about *»?\ pulse> hemp, and 

wheat, y^l^JS^S^^ P earS ' ^ Ch 
many kinds of ^^Zl Government was iintro- 
are abundant. Th °^l and various fruits. Wmter- 
ducing cotton, s^**£ ^ T d in June . the ground 
sown wheat and ^1"^^, maize, and hemp, 
thus freed is sown *** *fg ^ uly when buckwheat 
Apples and pears are ripe n d y, cabbageg 

is sown. In A^^^t harvest of the year 
planted. In September tn e& ^.^ b 

is reaped, consisting , <* ™ ^^ buckwheat 
sesame, peas, and grapes an _ ^ ^ d 

citrons, and ff»^J* T %\ r i y and wheat. In 1908, 


20 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 71 


were sent to southern China from Kiaochow. Fruit 
plantations are especially numerous in the valley of the 
Paisha-ho, on the slopes of the Tungliu-shui hills, near 
Tengyau, and in the hilly country south of Litsun. 
The » taste of Chinese fruit is not liked by Europeans, 
but it can be improved by grafting the trees with finer 
varieties, and the Forestry Department of Tsingtao was 
encouraging this process. Native fruit often suffers 
from a fungus, but this does not seem to attack German 
varieties. 

Kiaochow is poor in animals, both wild and domestic. 
The Chinese peasants breed oxen, donkeys, and mules 
for work in their own fields, but the only animal which 
they breed for commercial purposes is the pig. The 
Tsangkow breed is the most common, its flesh being 
highly esteemed by the Chinese, though not palatable 
to Europeans. Large quantities of pork are sent to 
other parts of China, and there is also an export trade 
in pigs' bristles. 

The Germans made an attempt to cross European 
cattle with native stock ; at first the imported animals 
died of disease, but a serum was discovered which 
rendered them immune. The Germans also introduced 
a considerable number of goats, chiefly Saaner goats, 
for the sake of their milk: The lack of pasture-land 
will, however, prevent any large expansion of stock- 
raising. All meat consumed by Europeans is imported 
from inland. 

The rearing of silk- worms was being encouraged by 
the German Forestry Department, but up to 1914 the 
results were small (see below, p. 28). 

(b) Methods of Cultivation 

The Chinaman is one of the finest rule-of-thumb 
agriculturists in the world. He lavishes almost limit- 
less care and attention on individual plants ; he is 
skilled in the use of manure ; and in the Kiaochow 
Protectorate, as elseAvhere, he has made artificial 
terraces to facilitate watering. His working of the 


Kiaochow] AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY 21 

soil is, however, too superficial, so that he does not get 
the best out of it. 

The German Agricultural and Forestry Departments 
used to exhibit new implements and to provide instruc- 
tion in new methods of agriculture, but their efforts 
had little effect on the deep-rooted conservatism of 

the natives. 

(c) Forestry 

Afforestation is greatly needed in China, where 
centuries of uncontrolled timber-cutting, counter- 
acted only by spasmodic and ill-organized planting, 
have resulted in an almost complete denudation of the 
country, to the great detriment of climate and soil. 
In the Kiaochow Protectorate the German authorities 
initiated very ambitious schemes of afforestation. 
The Botanical Gardens of the ^^2.,^^"^ 
on the south-west slope of the litis Hills, exhibited 
trees and shrubs which could be profitably grown 
in Kiaochow. The Schantung Eisenb ah nge sellschaft 
planted trees systematically along its line b and the 
Government sold a great number of ^«^ 
especially acacias, which suit the soil an^ 1 F^ 

timber for pit-props (Y^^l^^^t 
from Tanan} A special object of the forestry -L^pai* 
mn/lt ttaUshment and devehopmg of^a sdk 

ro$o r SL g y trees we «*«*d ; -^ 
I 1 !? 868 t7:mr e ZlTaZ e ^^e also.made 
t%£Z'^ Unfortunately, aflorestatmn ,s 
impeded by a prevalent timber pest. 

(d) Land Tenure 
„„ nMnined the lease of Kiaochow, all 
, an Tin n ChhT S noSiV the property of the Em- 

SE^-yESS'S-y yield a much finer prodaet. 


22 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Ho.71' 


peror ; but m point of fact his subjects bought and 

sold land as they pleased, and the Government did not 

interfere so long as certain land-taxes were paid. 

. No sooner had the Kiaochow Convention been signed 

than certain Asiatic firms at Shanghai showed a desire 

to speculate m land in the German Protectorate. 

10 prevent this, the German authorities adopted a policy 

suggested by the land system prevailing in several 

Asiatic protectorates of the United Kingdom. They 

laid down that land owned by Chinese might be sold 

only to the local German Government, which, it was 

lurtner decreed, was to have discretionary powers of 

expropriation. The Government forthwith purchased, at 

the current loca price, a considerable area of land, most 

ol which it resold for as much as it could get, the new 

owners being subject to a tax of.6 per cent! per annum 

on the assessed value of their shares. The further 

sale o± such land could only be effected through the 

government, which made a conveyance or registration 

charge of 2 per cent, on the price, and, if the seller 

got more for the land than he had paid, took one-third 

of his profit. Moreover, if land purchased from the 

Government remained in the same hands for twenty- 

ST® 5T' ■ ^f S J 50 be Sub J ect t0 re-assessment, and 

t,ht ^ might ° aim one " thi rd of any increment in 

Z? ^t SG ^ ulatlons kept down the price of land, 

and.gaye the Government control over its use ; while 

™J°f ^ ° n ° f deeds of sale y ielded a substantial 
part of the revenue of the Protectorate, 
^lt was expected that the system just described would 
greatly encourage the establishment of industrial under- 
takings within the Protectorate, but for some years 
this expectation was disappointed, as Chinese capital 
does not move quickly, and there was at first a strong 
prejudice against the new-comers. As time went on, • 
however, the demand for land increased. By 1912 
none was to be bought in the vicinity of Tsingtao, 
and m that year 226,000 square metres of land in 
9«« S<? *f*? rate were sold, the aggregate price being 
^588,500 dollars. Owing to the disturbances in China, 


Kiaocow] LAND TENURE ; FISHERIES 23 

large numbers of Chinese entered the Protectorate about 
thit time, and the demand for building land .became 
verv jrreat The yield of the land-tax m 1913-14= was 
Sol, and exceeded by nearly £2,300 that in the 
year before. . 

(3) Fishbbies 
About two years before the war Dr Glaue of Kiel 
after making a close investigation of .the ^subject 
recommended the establishment at Tsingtao ot an 
institute for making expenment^th aj^ 
exploitation of deep-sea fisheries on • 

coasts of China. The initiation of a Chinese enterp 
with similar objects was knowm to ^ be unde ^ 
tion, and the success of an &^**£* * & 
at Shanghai was held to )^ ^^l£poB»l 
success. Nothing, however had ^come of ^ P .^ f ^ 
in 1914. WWleitiBtraellijAaGOTi^iun .^ 

fishing in Chinese waters f f ed ^^ capital. In 

offers Veat .WV^™*"*Jg£& to China fish 
1910, for instance, Japan J™™™ {oy er £600,000), 
products to the value of ^,000,000 fl W^ n valued at 
and in 1911 she exported to G ^3f s ^ a ble for the 
£125,000. Kiaochow Bay !s WP"^ 8 ^ improved 
fishing of oysters, lobsters, and eels and wl ^ 
methods of curing fish could ^fg^ tod-fish 
far into the interior of China xn ^ ^ 

industry in other parts of the county 
by the exorbitant price ot salt ^ g^g 

The Japanese, in ^^f" 1 " now have included 
carried on off the coast of ®^^$fo&r activities, 
the Bay of Kiaochow m the sphere 

(4) MlNEBALS 

, a +« ftprmany contains no 
The small territory leased to Germ J ^ Conven . 

minerals,. but, as was ^Xlfmthlg rights in the 
tion -of 1898 gave her valuable mj ^ ^ b 


24 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [»*» 

in the Poshan valley, at Ihsien, and at Ichowfu; and 

W. i T J° f these ' the Poshan val ley, coal had 

been worked by Chinese from time immemorial. 
Chinese mining methods, however, were very anti- 
Sties WaS an alm ° st t0tal lack of trans P° rt 

SoW+ tly a i ter 1 the si gning of the Convention, the 

fcchantung Bergbaugesellschaft was formed to exploit 

^JET concessions granted to the Schantung 

m 1p^ A n i? eS r 11SCn . aft ' that is ' a11 niines within teS 

TQn?^ • • xt was aphorized to construct. In 

iit 1 ^ 'SfS c . om pany began to work the Fangtse 

itaZl he . + Weihsie n coal-field, and in 1907 and 1908 

oTr^ SS 8 near Weihsie n 5 the Minna and Annie, were 

W wl- company set up in 1906 an installation 

Ef ng C ,° al a " d in 1907 a briquette factory, as the 

3 ; 1 was f onnd to be unsuitable for steamships 

ZtZ 1\ K ■ be f* USed as ^iquettes. In 1908 the 

Irel l£i br T ettes was 1 ' 800 ^ns, but the industry 

fielJ t f ^ that date - The whole Weihsien 

lav low it ' W disa PPointing results. The beds 

nto T>n^T\ llable to be flooded ' a nd were isolated 

Sant™! ^# ramte ; by 1912, furthermore, new 

ThertT re * Uired > f ? r ^ich the company lacked funds. 

new poL?° a J ailable information as to whether any 

SeS I " ™ attem Pted, but the Weihsien 

collieries do not appear to have been worked since 1914. 

succeLX^^ 6 ^ 6 ^ 186 near Poshan was more 
milpf £ ^ P f* haDL coal-field is a valley twenty 
?, S a few hundred yards wide at -the eastern 
Zvth \ broade * ln g to a width of six miles at the 
north-western end. ABritish company had worked there 
nitri mJ'w? 7? Ge rmans bought its machinery and 
in 1 QHR ™ Eungshan colliery, which they opened 

PrLl rS' ^ I a ) S0 sorted a mine at Tsechwan. The 
Sj the Po shan fieM . g of better th ^ 

that of Weihsien, being similar to Cardiff and Buhr 

?JrmT™* le for shi P s ' Doilers > though high in 
ash, like all Chinese coals. • 

After the capture of Tsingtao in 1914 a party of 


Kiaochowl 


MINEBALS 


25 


mining experts sent by Ja^n to the 6^*^ 
in the Poshan valley found th at essential machinery 
had been removed and some of the mines ; flooded 
Machinery was supplied, and the Tf?™?S 
resumed work in January 1915 under ^mtend 
ence '. In the following year ^average My^JJ 
was 1,000 tons, the Shantung ^^^ 
tons a day. It was thought that . ifc P^^J^ 
be more than twice as great in 191b. xiie s . 

colliery was also repaired and yielded _ 500 tons ^J 
in 1915 ; but it is expected hat when ^eqmpm 
complete its annual output will amount 

700,000 tons. ^^vn+rmt, of the Weihsien 

The following table shows the outpu ^ the 
and Poshan coal-fields up to the outbreak w 


1902-3 . 
1903-4 . 
1904-5 . 
1905-6 . 
■1906-7 . 
1907-8 . 
1908-9 . 
1909-10 . 
1910-H • 
1911-12. 
1912-13. 
1913-14. 


Weihsien. 

Tons. 
9,179 

50,601 
100,631 
136,990 
164,000 
149,300 
250,200 
273,355 
194,897 
205,185 


Poshan Valley. 
Tons. 


14,600 

40,900 

72,500 

183,450 

237,544 

283,208 


Total. 
Tons. 
9,179 
50,601 
100,631 
136,990 
178,600 
190,200 
322,700 
456,805 
432,441 
488,393 
S73,600 
548,600 


£600,000, which was found l ™ m f or tw0 ye ars 

dends were ever paid A* rf Q ^ hanks 

was obtained m 1908 trpmtnH^^ ^ ^ 

which had ^PP^f^tL on the Weihsien collieries 
necessity for further ' °^ to come to terms with 
compelled the mining company ^ ^ t 

the railway company ml» ^ of the dwa y 
the mining X P V S of £270,000, an d the capital of 
Se" Say company was increased by £300,000. 


26 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [**.* 

^ h e e mat r tpl 0f th ^ Scfc : ant ™g Eisenbahngesellschaft in 
from ?T ?»T%°1 ^ lmng °P era tions may be gauged 
raXat*™ ??\ m - 1912 the coal carried by the 
SSXXT stXoZnf ' 000 t0nS ° Ut ° f a t0tal 

auIumWW Un ^ Eisenba hngesellschaft was in 1914 in- 

ewS ge £ on -mming operations at Kinlingchen, 

on the Sb fl L n ° rt ^ ea f ° f the J unction ^ Changtien 

and red iron g ^^ The de P osits of ^netic 

^btes^n ssw by ^ scha ^ n , g 

65 ner pp.i «S • ^ i 903 ; bulk samples contained 
suXr aJ \\r n> °'° 3 ° f P hos Phorus, and 0-08 of 
50 000 000 t™ f ^ nnt of ore was estimated at 
for chel wn.i° f Wh ? h ?°' 00 °>°00 were well situated 
rented ZJ ? ^ g - Lack of ca P ital > however, pre- 
ttenintlfT™ 011 mxt h aiter the amalgamation of 
was Ten \ e T T v P e rto Wlth ^ ? ilway COm P an ^ B 

furnace at tt^J V?S!£^ JT 1BOmto \ h] °? 
anticma+Prl +w g S r? J 915 ' and xt was confidently 

£££rft£££ tt1c? ch r ir r would be *■» 

an imoortsnt 5? ? ■ , K lao <=how Protectorate into 

to n 3JKr&3^ tt r t iS^tf". also said 

^^i^s^sr miles lon ^ with 

engmL^Sl Wa l ° ffice Sent a P art ^ of mining 
mines. ' the ^ are now working the 

B^WrSfcl!^ ^fc^on of the Schantung 
field wS 1 1^ t0 d , eVelop also the Ic howfu coal- 
Th Tcommn fJZZT*?* "i the richest in Shantung. 
demandsC^S vTT there in 1904 ' but ^ heavy 
coSruction rff E* 3 ?*? el f e Z he ™ and the delay in the 
prise The u^ ^ Railway checked the enter- 
Eese but J V U C ° al 1S WOrked to some-extent by 
the Cleans of > large . out P ut °an be looked for until . 

grea^Tmp^d mUmCatl ° n * the Ve ^ have been 


Kiaoohow] / MINERALS 27 

Other German and Sino-German companies engaged 
in mineral enterprise in Shantung deserve mention : _ 

The Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Bergbau und Industrie 
im Auslande, founded at Berlin in 1900 and registered 
at Kiaochow in 1903,- had five concessions : (a) south 
of Ichowfu, for coal and diamonds ; (b) a circular zone 
round Yischui, for gold; (c) territory south and east 
of Chucheng for mica ; (d) a circular zone south-west 
of WeihsienT for lead and coal ; (e) the whole territory 
eastrf Tsimo, Pingtu, and Laichow, apparent^ for 
any minerals that might be found It . e or foot 
various enterprises, such as the crushing d Eaarf*™* 
quartz at Ninghai, gold-washing f^^^J^ 
the development of mica deposits at Chucheng and 
lead deposits south-west , o Weihsien; >d ^ Vjf£, 
takings those at Ninghai and Chucheng appear* 
have been the most prosperous, /he company s 
iidve uo ^ x however, inadequate: it paid 

capital of £84,000 was nowe , h [t went 

no dividends up to 1»}1. *™ Zoneoi its concessions, 
into.liquidation ^^^^Bflial Government 
i^r^^l^^o statistics of its output.are 

in 1880 to work at ^^^iSSSaku* which 
In 1898 ; German cap ^^f^SLn-Chinese^Mining 
was BubBequmtly^l^ at ^ ^ ioned 

Company. lae tOTaJ pi^ 000 and a concession was 
said to have been -£167,000 a™ hkt miles in 

obtained for exploiting a d Btnc^v ^ & ^^ 

circumference, ^ ethe J ^l\^ h ltag, on the Grand 

way from ^ och T%t ^tZoZxpSny is difficult to 
Canal. The later history ^f the comp y ^ ^^ 
asoerta^butitapp^t^^au umably by 

in German ^jTyJ^i GerSan loan of about 
Chine S- ,°d n b^ ^ conSd for rolling stock, and 
£39 '?° t had been obtained from Germany In 
• machinery ha ^;f_ e output was 120,000 tons, and 500 
^ n 2 *«25?*t that year the xnine, had 


28 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[Wo. 71 


been connected by rail with the newly-constructed 
Tientsin-Pukow line, and the light railway to the 
Grand Canal had also been finished. In 1913 a German 
engineer discovered an important new seam on the 
company's property, containing both coal and iron of 
good quality. The company has been ' under foreign 
supervision' since 1914. Its output in 1916 was very 
good. 

In the Poshan valley, besides the German collieries, 
there are. mines owned by Chinese, which are said to 
have produced 250,000 tons of coal in 1910. v 

(5) Manufactures 

Before the war the most ambitious manufacturing 
enterprise within the leased area was the Deutsche- 
Chinesische Seiden-Industrie Gesellschaft, registered at 
Tsingtao in 1906 with a capital of £100,000, which 
erected a silk factory at Tsangkow. Its special purpose 
was the making of Tussore silk, obtained from silkworms 
reared on oak-leaves. It had space for 200,000,000 
cocoons, and an installation of 130 machines. Political 
troubles interfered with its success ; it had to close 
down temporarily in 1911, and up to 1912 it paid no 
dividends. Information as to its present position is 
lacking. 

In 1908 a German-owned factory for cotton-spinning 
and cloth-weaving, with modern installation, was 
opened at Chi-mo-hsien, near Tsingtao. 

There were also in the Protectorate two albumen 
factories, Karl Ebers' and the Columbia, with a capital 
of £5,000 ; a large brickworks belonging to H. Die- 
derichsen & Co. ; two breweries, the ' Germania \ 
a branch of the Anglo-German Brewery Co. of Hong 
Kong, and the ' Gomoll ' ; a factory for aerated 
waters ; and a soap factory. 

In 1914 various new projects were under considera- 
tion, foremost among which was the scheme for iron- 
smelting works (cf. p. 26). Others concerned Hour- 
mills, oil presses, and silk- worm rearing. A consider- 


Kiaocow] MANUFACTURES; COMMERCE 29 

able number of small ^^t^^^S 
capital had failed, in spite of cheap labour and plenum 

C °In the last years of German rule there was ^onskler- 
able development of Chinese mdustry ^^^.. 
torate. There had for some tune been Qw*» ^ 
mills in Tsingtao, and new P lans ^ J Xte-works, 
the erection of timber-works cornel s ** 
and cement-works. Basket-makmg 

industry at Litsun. ._ hich fin d an outlet 

The manufacture of Shanton ,_ 

at Tsingtao are dealt with unaei t 

(C) COMMERCE 

(1) Domestic 
(a) Principal Branches of Trade 

Internal trade in the Jg*^^££ 
and fuel. The valley of f^™ HiUs grow fruit for 
of the Tungliu-shm _ and ^f^ ^ llag | s , and in the 
Tsingtao and 'the other towns ana ^ .^^ ig 

Lao-shan Hills a brisk cb -^jj^out the Proteo- 
se °^^^f^^ J the markets f or 

tWistribution of fruit and fuel. 

(b) Towns 

• T< Q in(rt,Ro which lies on 
The only i^^^-ao Kiachow 
the peninsula to the .east c^ . . j d , an a 

Bay: The name Tsmgtao^ s wh h h to , 

was originally toted to ^con ao ^ s b 

the south of the town The p ^ th 

described above; the towi^ ^ ^ gh s of 

peninsula from *f G ^\£ east it is bounded by 
? sing tao Bay f ^ on th ^ ^ the 

a range of hills, on w r Station. 
Government Hoo*^ jhe&ff^ . g E n 

The BOutnern t Part t Ot ets ^ ^ ^ well _ kept , 

quarter. ■"• 


30 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[»o. 71 


and the houses, built after the European fashion, are 
large and handsome. The Chinese population lives in 
the northern part. 

(c) Organizations to promote Trade and Commerce 

At Tsingtao there were two Chambers of Commerce, 
one German and the other Chinese. The German 
Chamber of Commerce was very active, and besides 
performing the usual functions of such a body, showed 
a lively and fruitful concern for the interests of native 
workmen. The Chinese Chamber of Commerce was 
founded for the express purpose of establishing friendly 
relations with other Chinese Chambers of Commerce, 
especially those of Chefoo and Tsinanfu. The Chefoo 
merchants had boycotted Tsingtao whgn it began to 
threaten the interests of their town, and the new 
Chamber of Commerce at Tsingtao was expressly for- 
bidden to retaliate. \ Only Chinese merchants actu- 
ally resident in German territory were eligible for 
admission. 

Of very great importance are the Chinese Trade 
Guilds. They possess absolute power over their 
members, not through charter or delegation, but by 
reason of the Chinaman's innate faculty for combina- 
tion. The Trade Guilds can seriously affect China's 
relations with foreign countries; for example, they 
can either completely or partially exclude any foreign 
article from the markets. of the country, and the central 
Government, even if it wished to do so, would scarcely 
be able to interfere. Indeed, the Trade Guilds enabled 
China to boycott Japan and the United States. 
Iney regulate the relations of masters and men, arbi- 
trate between their members, thus greatly diminishing 
litigation, and facilitate trade by securing the general 
adoption of their rules for the conduct of business. 
The Trade Guilds must be distinguished from the 
so-called Local Guilds, which are associations for the 
mutual support of persons belonging to the same 
district who have migrated to another part of China. 


Kiaochow] COMMERCE; FOREIGN INTERESTS 31 

Mention may be made here of an ancient and 
important feature of commerce in the Far J^st— . 
namely, the employment of compradores by Unnese 
firms. The comprador is an English-speaking native, 
who buys and sells for Chinese firms receiving 1 per 
cent, commission on the business done, lhe com- 
pradores are numerous, and form a strong barney bo 
to speak, between the Chinese importer and the foreign 
supplier. Foreign commercial travellers find them 
a great hindrance, and in 1913 it was cognized that ■ 
the many new German buyers sent to purchase g ound 
nuts, sesame, and cotton direct from the interior ot 
North China would find it difficult to overcome their 
opposition. 

(d) Foreign Interests 

In the territories affected by ^JJ^JgJ 
between Germany and China, the ' s ™f ?™ u °* rial or 

States natu^SSSeSU 

Great Britain, the United States, and Japan 
Britain is particularly interested m the ^W 
Chester goods and petroled jtc > the d^ s ^ ^ 
Tsingtao, and British tra de £^P^_ qnflrt ers in 
branches and travellers nrf ^"^J^. of an 

Hongkong ,^..^^1^ to its success. 
' open-door policy is es en ™ f the wa r there were 
It is well to ™™ emhe lttJtie™t™tere& as British, 
in the Far East many co gS e to the clause in 
but in reality ^fvj^^i Empire forbidding 
the company law otfeW F Th 

the issue of .shares ; f ^ogated in 1911, but until 
prohibition, indeed was abrog tock company 

then there was ^J*^ Asia. The Chinese 

reglSt f ,1 s'uch coTcems with suspicion, and will never 
regard all sucn cim _ hence, before 1911, 11 

A »«" »» ne t L M nd w' as formed with German 
ip ? t 7ta operations in the Far Bast, it was always 


a coi 
ca 


32 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 71 


registered at Hongkong as British, so that it might 
issue small shares. 

Like Britain, the United States supplied much of 
the petroleum imported at Tsingtao, which was an 
important centre of the activities of the Standard 
Oil Company. 

In virtue of her treaty of 1915 with China,, Japan 
now regards herself as the natural heir to Germany's 
economic rights in the Kiaochow Protectorate and 
Shantung ; and if she is allowed a free hand will 
doubtless adopt vigorous measures to promote and 
safeguard her industrial and commercial interests. It 
is significant that when in 1916 the Siems-Carey 
Company, a combination of American interests, ob- 
tained a contract for the dredging of the Grand Canal, 
Japan protested on the ground that Germany's rights 
under the Kiaochow Convention had devolved upon 
her, and so far carried her point that the company 
allowed Japanese capital to participate in the under- 
taking. 

(2) Fokeigts" 
(a) Exports 

Quantities and Values—The German Protectorate 
had little foreign commerce in the strict sense of the 
term, and up to now the prosperity of Tsingtao has 
depended almost entirely on transit trade to and from 
the province of Shantung. This traffic is of great 
volume and value. 

Among the most important of the commodities 
shipped at Tsingtao are ground-nuts and ground-nut 
oil. The shelled nuts exported were valued at £8,300 
in the year 1906-7, 1 at £409,450 in 1909-10, and at 
£569,100 in 1912-13. The value of the export trade in 
unshelled nuts has varied very much; in 1910-11 it 
was £32,800, but in 1912-13 only £15,450. The 
quantity of the ground-nut oil sent abroad has likewise 
fluctuated greatly. It was valued at £150,650 in 

1 The financial year of the German Administration ran from 
October 1 to September 30. 


Kiaochow*] 


EXPORTS 


33 


1906-7, and at £174,750 in 1909-10, but the s figures for 
the intervening years were much larger. In ■ 191'™ 
the value of the oil exported was estimated at £359,d5W, 
and the acreage under ground-nuts and the number 
of oil-presses in Shantung were said to be rapidly 

Bean oil from the soya bean has recently become 
one of the most considerable exports from the ports- 
of the Ear East. The harvest is very variable and the 
consequent fluctuations in the trade are well illustrated 
by the following figures for Tsingtao : £ 

Tonfi-7 • • 131 ' 600 

1906-7 . . • • 80 900 

jooo-io : : ; : : J!S3 

The manufacture of straw braid * £ *^™* 
home industry in Shantung, and ™ f^f* ™ £ 
the Germans. The export reached its ; highest .point m 
1911-12, being valued that year at ^f°^jQ 
variations of the trade are shown by the following 

figures : . £ 

' . ' 520,800 

1906-7 • • ' * 1,040,200 

1909-10 . • • • • ' 879j 500 

1912-13 . • • • . ' 

dales are given in the following table: 

! 906-7. 1909-10. 

£ 

•iir • 244,050 

Yellow silk 

Pongee silk . 

Silk waste . 

Total ■ • 450,600 


103,500 
103,050 


, £ 
206,100 
263,100 
19,350 


1912-13. 

£ . 

375,350 

400,450 

53,100 


488,550 828,900 




34 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[.Ho. .71 


meat grew up, rising in value from £16,90$ in 1909-10 
to £133,550 in 1912-13. Live cattle were exported in 
summer and frozen meat was sent abroad in winter. 

In the decade before the war, cowhides were being 
exported from Tsingtao in increasing quantities, as is 
shown by the following figures : 

■..'•■■£ 
1906-7 . . . . , . 50,900 

1909-10 . . . ... 66,300 

1912-13 . .. . ....... . 158,450 

-There was an export of goatskins, which was of an 
average annual value of about £13,000 between 1906 
and 1913, the maximum, £37,500, being reached in 
1911-12. Dogskins were also sent abroad, but this 
trade was of small note. 

Yolks and whites of eggs for industrial purposes 
began to figure in the list of exports in 1909-10, with 
a value of £8,050, and rapidly became of importance, 
being valued at £87,050 in 1912-13. , 

.v Shantung coal, first exported in 1909-10, was shipped 
in growing quantities in the succeeding years. The 
value of the coal exported from Tsingtao in 1909-10 
was £71 ? 000, arid the figures for the next three years 
were respectively £70,500, £128,650, and £129,650. 
These statistics leave out of account the bunker coal 
taken, by vessels calling. 

Other commodities exported through Tsingtao are 
black dates, walnuts, fresh, and dried eggs, melon seeds, 
macaroni, tallow, bristles, salt, and glassware. The 
trade in each of these, though of no great moment, 
was, on the whole, expanding during the period 1906-13. 

The figures for the total exports of Tsingtao from 
1906-13 are as follows : * ...... 

— 1906-7 . . . . 1,711,250 


Kiaoohowl 


EXPORTS; IMPORTS 


35 


1907-8 
1908-9 
1909-10 
1910-11 
, -1911-12 
.1912-13 


1,629,850 
2,367,200 
2,736,600 
3,028,050 
4,019,750 
3,982,000 


Countries of Destination.— It is somewhat difficult to 
ascertain the final destination of. goods shipped from 
a port like Tsingtao, with a transit trade, and served 
largely by vessels engaged in coastwise traffic. Only 
a small fraction of the exports— valued m 1912-13 at 
£43.000— was sent direct to Germany, the yolks and 
whites of eggs being the sole items of much consequence. 
In recent years European countries have been .taking 
increasing quantities of soya beans and bean oil. bilK 
was sent to Hongkong and thence dispatched Jo 
Europe and elsewhere. Cattle were ^nt exclusively 
to Manchuria. The exported coal went to v an ous 
neighbouring ports, and down the coast as far as 

Hongkong. • 

(b) Imports 

Quantities and Values.--!* the °^.G^£S 
of the import trade of Tsingtao a <^^" "^ 
between goods of Chinese origin and those from e se 
where. Those of the former class are marked (On.) in 
the tables given below. , . , T „ iTiyt * i s 

The most important article teou g^ntK 
nnHnn which in its various forms, accounted tor ovei 

The following table gives statistics of the different 
branches of this trade : 


1906-7. 

£ 

801,500 

914,800 

197,350 

94,050 

3,250 
2^010^950 


1909-10. 

£ 

578,300 

708,550 

188,800 

18,700 

6,100 


1912-13. 

£ 
1,187,600 
1,189,650 
268,400 
32,650 

8,900 
2^687^200 


Cotton-piece goods 

Cotton yarn 
(Ch.) Shanghai cotton yarn . 

Raw cotton • • 

(Ch.) Miscellaneous cotton 

' goods 
Total cotton goods ' . 

• i.- v, a ^ndq next in value among the imports, 
Pa^^^STthe d *y s of German rule. 
WaS aU run naper were valued at £523,150 in 1906-7, 
The imports of paper wer 1912-13. 

£4 T ^ tode in * etr ° leUm - 

D 2 ' 


36 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[lfo.71 


In 1906-7 it was imported to a value of £173,900. In 
1909-10 the value fell to £134,450, but apart from this 
year the trade grew consistently from 1906 to 1913. 
In 1912-13 it was valued at £269,650. 

The importation of sugar had a similar record, as is 
shown by the following figures : 1906-7, £155,100 ; 
1909-10, £110,700 ; 1912-13, £229,300. 

Aniline dyes and colours held a conspicuous place 
in the list of imports. This branch of trade rose in 
value from £29,200 in 1906-7 to £129,100 three years 
later, and £240,100 in 1912-13. 

The trade in metals and metal goods was marked by 
great fluctuations between 1902 and 1913. In 1906-7 
the value of these imports was £247,300, a figure never 
again reached. In 1912-13 the trade had recovered 
somewhat from a period of severe depression, and 
imports to the value of £187,100 were recorded. 

Matches were imported in steadily growing quantities ; 
their value in 1906-7 amounted to £86,850, in 1909-10 
to £124,250, and in 1912-13 to £228,850. 

The trade in cigarettes was developing. Originally 
those imported were all of Chinese manufacture, but 
other countries began to send supplies during the three 
years previous to the war. In 1906-7 the cigarettes 
imported were valued at £14,700, and in 1909-10 at 
£24,000. , In 1912-13 the value rose to £180,050, of 
which £56,150 was accounted for by imports from 
sources outside China. , 

In addition to the goods mentioned, Tsingtao im- 
ported preserved foods, soya beans, ramie (raw and 
manufactured), olive oil, paper fans, shoes, wooden 
goods, porcelain, cement, and needles. With, the 
exception of the last two, all these were of Chinese 
origin. 

Plant for railways and mines was imported in 1911-12 
to the value of £236,300, and in 1912-13 to the value 
of £691,500. None had been imported for some years 
before this time. 

The total value of the imports into Tsingtao between 
1906 and 1913 is given below : 


Kiaoohowl 


IMPORTS; CUSTOMS 


37 


1906-7 

1907-8 

1908-9 

1909-10 

1910-11 

1911-12 

1912-13 


Of Chinese 
Origin. 

£ 

1,040,550 
870,750 

1,173,050 
853,400 
788,100 ' 

2,394,000 

1,621,950 


From other 
Countries. 

£ 
3,078,150, 
1,898,250 
2,279,000 
2,419,800 
2,680,650 
'3,352,900 
4,440,750 


Total. 

I 
4,118,700 
2,769,000 
3,452,050 
3,273,200 
3,468,750 
5,746,900 
6,062,700 


rm, nrmchoal source ot tne 
Countries of Origm.-^ P r £ itself> and thus 
goods discharged at Tsingtao uUl essentia lly of the 
I great part of the ^port trade ^ ^ war th 

nature of domestic commerce » &d h h 

cotton-piece goods and cotton J ar » J Metal goods 
Tsingtao were largely ' <rf Br*** J from Germany, 
and aniline dyes an ^ c °lo^s c were shipp ed 

Matches were of Scandmavian ang ^ {rom us 

from Germany. Sugar was g upP . rtant . 

sources, of which Java ^ % Indi es, Borneo, 
Petroleum came from the Vuic 
and the United States. 

( C )^:^ was entirely 
At first the German ^f^hinese Maritime 
excluded from ^^ew^^ngement came into 
Customs, but in 1906 a new ^ F Zone 

force whereby ^Jfffi reluof to**™* 
(which was at the sam rding to the °g\* 

dimensions) paid duty Comm issioner *™f ^ 
Chinese tariff. -L^e kau> { assistants were u 

and the more important d Mub &g me mbers of the 
Germans, but were to be regar^ r d that 

90 ner cent, of tne cu&t . -, t Germany. *- ae UUJ . 
Protectorate should be V^^Jgement was to 
of the Germans in ^ m t i Protectorate and the 
facilitate trade between 
interior. 


3S ECONOMIC CONDITIONS [*o.n 

(d) Commercial Treaties 
The political aspects of the Kiaochow Convention 
have been treated in Part II of this Handbook, and 
tne railway and mining concessions embodied in the 
agreement have been described above. The only 
clause calling for notice here is the following : ' If at 
any time the Chinese shall foi-m schemes for the 
development of Shantung, for the execution of which 
it is necessary to obtain foreign capital, the Chinese 
government or whatever Chinese may be interested 
a™ i- m + * G fi [ st 11 lns n tanc e apply to German capitalists. 
Application shall also be made to German manufac- 
turers lor the necessary machinery and materials 
•£mr % + ™ anufacturer s of any other Power are 
X, ?a r ? ° U ! d Germa n capitalists or manufac- 
turers decline to take up the business, the Chinese shall 

^/n 0l ? tain mone y and materials from 
sources of other nationality than German.' 

^Q^n G 2 I c °ncluded between China and Japan in 
Prnfp,? ga ^- ng ^f man y' s ri S hts and claims, in the 
ized in ^pTrtlT P rovinc e of Shantung is summar- 

(D) FINANCE 

(1) Public Finance 

Ppr™ reVehUe T derived from the Protectorate by the 
™ ™ al -" ayS Utter1 ^ Adequate to defray the 
expenses of administration, and had to be supplemented 

a L *7nn n nnn su ^ d ^ which varied between £400,000 
d^ll^'- lu T n e budget for Kia ochow was little 
fnZ It f thG German Rei ^stag, and there is no 
aoubt that money not accounted for in the usual 
manner was spent on defences. 

The revenue and expenditure in 1901 were as follows : 


Revenue. 


Land sales 
Direct taxes 
Indirect taxes 
State subsidy 

Total 


£ 

5,000 

2,500 

7,500 

537,500 

552,500 


Expenditure. 


Ordinary . 
Extraordinary 


£ 

219,181 
333,319 


552,500 


Ki *o,*ow] TREATIES; FINANCE 39 

For several subsequent years the budgets showed no 
new features. The returns from sales of land _ and 
taxation increased but slightly, and m 1905 the subsidy 
amounted to £733,000, its highest figure . > , . '- 

In 1906 the new arrangement with tn^uiinese 
Government regarding the customs (see p 37) led to an 
increase in the sums derived from indirect taxes. The 
annual statement for that year was as follows : 


Revenue 

Land sales . " • 
Direct taxes . 
Indirect taxes 
Share of Chinese 
Maritime Customs 
State subsidy 
Total 


Expenditure. 


£ 
3,000 
5,000 
31,900 

12,500 
657,500 

709^900 


Ordinary 
Extraordinary 


£ . 
338,263 
371,637 


709,900 


.■ Subsequently^ ^^^mW^^ 
to increase and the > amount <^ ^& in 1908 -9, 
A new item on ^% reV ^ e /Xm-repairing yard and 
namely the profits from ^ e . s X r ^r to £71,950. 

dry dock, yte^™^^^SLmto* Pro- 
In 1909-10 some £228,25^0 ^as drawn £40 6,500. 

r?^'ir^ev^S r io^ reached the 
amounted to £47 W^^^oeeded the subsidy 

t^^^™^***- £47u5 ° and 

£ Thf toTS^vied by the Germans were on 
landed property and^ itstaan ^ ^ f Qr Ucences 

Indirect taxation ^f^Tr petroleum, and to 
to deal in f^^fS^he pSrt dues were, also 
carry on various ^rie^ 1 P fin ^^ 

included under ^£ heaam was £ eavy , as the German 
m f tS ' IZeLo^mZLto live in the territory 
S^ Se^rtfattractive to vessels. . , - , , 


40 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[so. n 


(2) Currency 

™^! hi V h , e P ^ otecfcor ate.the German currency of 

iWfl rl pf ^ m f S 7 as in use ' German P^er money 
issued by the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank was also in use. 
Jf T ^tung trade, the Chinese currency was 
?2Sr, C ^ency reform, and the adoption of 
vn^t T ^tem instead of the local systems now in 
hl g ?t ^ ave . loi }g been promised, but they are retarded 
tiL nf f h 0Y ] nci f authorities, to whom the manipula- 
thehit ^I^Frency is often profitable, and by 
The Cht' WhlCh benefit b ^ ^nations in exchange. 
th7t fl pl v ^ rencv con ^ts, in the first place, of 
manvllnff "? ^ / , Coin but a wei ght. There are 
TovIhZJ adS ' and * he banks alwa y« ^ke a charge 
tanoP t?^^? sor V nt ° another. Next in impor- 
leTaTtenS" d °Ti? r ' which ^ >a coin, but is nowhere 
feed in f 1 S 6 7 alue of the silver dollar is not 
dav aol^f 18 f ^ ° f , silver ' but varies from day to 
subsiSv ?f t0 d ^ and and su PP!y- Th ere are also 
dolla Ztl er + C T S re P res ^ting fractions of the 
that th Ll J Ct *£ a VarYin S rate of exchange, so 
one vear tni T 7 ^ W ° rth 110 cente in small coin 
therJZ ™ ° nl T 9 \ C 5 ents the v ear after. Finally, 
These are S^ • ^ ' the currenc y of the people, 
tiao nf , • ng , m 1 r ° lls 0f 100 » of wh ieh 10 go to the 
ch^ r fo fi ng - °f LJOO.oaah. The money-changers 
the Si nf^r *!™ ble J* Ringing the coins and for 
of cash f° 6 f^gbydeductinl, a certain number 
fixed o£?l eacb h «ndred. The rite of deduction is 
m^v cont a n 7 'i S ° ? th6 tia °' nomina lly 1,000 cash, 
S Tlf ? e P l aCe 970 and in mother 980 actual 
mS?U lbe /1 nu + inber of coi ns in the tiao also varies from 
^stnct to district according to the size and purity of 

cath t£ ? Cmmlatl °n ; the better the quality of the 
cash the fewer go to the tiao. 

hJvfl n0 ,J ° n f ° f the units of the Chinese currency 
has a fixed value, whether in relation to other units 

r«fl f tern -al standard. Lists showing the current 
rates of exchange are issued daily by the banks in the 


Kiaochowj 


CURRENCY; BANKING 


41 


chief commercial centres. These lists frequently differ 
from one another, according as the several banks are 
well or indifferently provided with any particular type 
of currency. It is obvious that this uncertainty as to 
• the value of money must be a serious obstacle to the 
extension of trade. 

(3) Banking 

Before the war the European banks in Tsingtao were 
the Deutsch-Asiatische Bank, the Russo-Asiatic Bank, 
and the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corpora- 
tion—a British concern. Of these the German bank 
was much the most important. In 1907 it obtained 
from the German Government the privilege of issuing 
its own notes of 1, 5, 10, and 20 taels, for which it paid 
to the Government 10 per cent, of the average value 
of its issue each year. It also opened a new branch, 
called the Hypotheken-Bank, for the purpose of 
lending money on mortgage : loans were to be granted 
only on lands and buildings in the Protectorate or 
within the German Consular areas m China, and the 
bank was to pay to the Treasury 25 per cent, on the 
averaee yearly value of these mortgages. • 

SofficiarChinese bank of Shantung the Kuan Yin 
HaU had in 'Tsingtao a branch which was at first 
managed by the Kieuschun Bank, but subsequently 
was made independent. 


42 


[Ko.71 


AUTHORITIES 

British Diplomatic and Consular Reports, Annual Series : 

Report for the Year 1913 on the Foreign Trade of China. 
Bulletin of the Imperial Institute, 1912. 
China Tear Book, 1912, 1915, 1916. 

Das Deutsche Kiautschaugebiet (Monatschrift fur den Orient). 

Vienna, 1904. 
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, 1900-14. 
Jahrbuch uber die deutschen Kolonien, 1908-14. 
Norddeutsche Allgerneine Zeitung, February 13, 1914. 
Statistisches Jahrbuch fur das deutsche Reich. 
Btjrrill H. R. and Crist, R. F. Report on Trade Conditions 
^ in China (U.S.A. State Documents). Washington, 1906. 
Collins, W. M. F. Mineral Enterprise in China. London, 1918. 
(jtKotewold, C. Unser Kolonialwesen und seine wirtschaftliche 

Bedeutung. Stuttgart, 1911. 
Grunfeld, E. Hafen-Kolonien und kolonieahnliche Ver- 
__ haltnisse m China, Japan und Korea. Jena, 1913. 
Heydt, Von der. Kolonial Handbuch. Berlin, 1912. 
Kent, P. K._Railway Enterprise in China. London, 1907. 
Kolshor^t, W. Die wirtschaftliche Bedeutung und Entwickelung 

des Kiautschougebiet {Deutsche geographische Blatter, 28-9) 

Bremen,. 1905. 

Meyer, H. Das deutsche Kolonialreich. 2 vols. Leipzig 

1909-10. 
Morse, H. B. The Trade and Administration of the Chinese 

Empire. London, 1908. 
Nemry, L/ Le Territoire allemand de Kiaotcheou {Bulletin de la 

bociete beige d? Etudes coloniales). Brussels, 1911. 
Wage, S. R. Finance in China. Shanghai, 1914. 
Weicker, H. Kiautschou. Berlin, 1908. 

Maps 

A map of the Province of Shantung, on the scale of 

l\ 1 '°J°2.' 000 ( G - S - G - s -> No. 1936), has been published by the 
War Office (1905). J 


WEIHAIWEI 


Weihalwell 


45 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL AND POLITICAL 

(1) Position and Frontiers . • . • 

(2) Surface, Coast, and Rivers 

Surface 

Coast . • 

Rivers 

(3) Climate . 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

(5) Race and Language 

(6) Population . 

II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 

(A) Means of Communication 
(1) Internal 

(a) Roads . • 
(6) Rivers . 

g?ftI, a Telegraph S > and Telephones 

. (2) External 

(a) Ports 

Accommodation . • • 
Nature and Volume of Trade 

Adequacy to Economic Needs 

(b) Shipping Lines . 

(B) Industby 
(1) Labour . • 
(2,A frCdu*ofCo mm e KW Valu e 

Cereals 

Fruits 

Ground-nuts 

Silk . 
Tobacco 
(6) Methods of Cultivation 

(c) Forestry . • 
' \d) Land Tenure . 


PAGE 

47 

47 
48 
48 
48 
49 
49 
49 

50 


52 
52 
53 
53 


53 
54 
54 
54 

55 


55 

55 

55 

56 

56 

56 

56" 

57 


46 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


(3) Fisheries 

(4) Minerals 

(5) Manufactures . 

(C) Commerce . 

(1) Domestic 

(2) Foreign 

(a) Exports . 

(b) Imports . 

(D) Finance 

(1) Public Finance 

(2) Currency 

(3) Banking 

AUTHORITIES 


[No. 71 

PAGE 
. 57 

. 57 
. 58 


59 

59 
59 


60 
61 
61 

62 


Weihaiwei] 


47- 


I. GEOGKAPHY PHYSICAL AND 
POLITICAL 

(1) Position and Feontiees 
The territory of Weihaiwei was leased to Great 
Britain by China by the terms of » 0On 7?SS„^ 
Julv 1 1898, ' in order to provide Great Britain with 
a suitable naval harbour in North China .and ior -the 
better protection of British commerce in the neigh- 
bouring-seas ... for as long a period as Port Arthur 

SJ^ 122° 26' e^longitude. It is bounded 

Bay of Weihaiwei, and a bet * land 10 * ng 
wide along the entire, coast-hne of the bay ^ in 

a British zone of influence, lymg ^ 

121 ° 40', which covers an area of ,650 squ^ ^ 

This zone is *™ff,™™° t ]Hili east of Chef oo, 
^IX^ZlZ^^e eastern promontory 

of Shantung. 

(2) Sueface, Coast, and Rivees 
Surface 
The surface of the territory .consists °« /S 

of rugged ^"SCSS^i^ 1 iod ° na, 5 
the chief are the f ^«™' a ^ ated , and are watered 

^rea^^S -^dlng the greater part of 


48 


GEOGRAPHY 


" [»0. 


71 


f^r ar ' •£? ? e Mlls are terraced f °r cultivation as 
far as possible, but their general appearance is barren. 

Coast 

W^Ttn 116 h w a len S th of 72 miles. Starting 
sandv \l f allow ^tern Inlet the coast is low and 
S q a far . as * he base of Long Point, from which 
bat? off 11 ° f /° Cky headl ^ds separated by small 
Sof fr ng p n -°/- V ^ raWe lan <*in g places. On the 
wTdtb wh?f ? am * u Weihaiwei Bay! about 5 miles in 
Eat W^t 1S pr ° tected ^y the island of Liu-kung-tao. 
ooSTSS fe south-eastern end of the bay the 

shallow rLn Way t0 r the flat Sand y levels around the 
ends Chao -y an g La goon, where the leased territory 

is l^Z^.Tt 1 ^ (l e ' of the zone ^ influence) 
bavs W T °* b ? M ieadlands *°* deeply indented 
plTces WlUCh ' h ° Wever ' afford good landing- 

Rivers 

numerous"!^ ™ or , lakeS <* any importance, but 
sZLd?™ ntf'T threa ? the Valle y s in ey^ery direction, 
season %Z t^° """t" and P ools durin S the rainy 
but Li'„ Sn T^PJ^ on ^e mainland is abundant, 

apparaS g " ta0 ^ t0 mlj ° n Wells and a *<«bg 

(3) Climate 

never 6 briW te0f ^Wei is g° od > the summer heat 
never being excessive and the winter being cold drv 

a pS ^ i o eXhilarat H« The mean temperate S 
?x? u ?, f 10 years was 76 -5 E. (24-7° C ) for August 
the hottest month, and 30° E. (-1° C.) to FeteW 

is from W WaS | 9 1 3 T h6S - The usual rain 7 ^son 
winds ar?™ Se P tem t>er inclusive. The prevailing 

to At)'ril r " 6 °^ le / S n ° rth - west from November 


weihaiweij COAST; CLIMATE; EACE, ETC. 49 

(4) Sanitary Conditions 

The climate of Weihaiwei is exceptionally healthy. 
The diseases which usually prevail in northern China 
appear from time to time among the Chinese inhabi- 
tants, and also various complaints due to the uncleanly 
habits of- the people, but ordinary precautions should 
be sufficient to protect foreign residents. 

Since the British occupation the cases of cholera in 
Weihaiwei have been very few, while dysentery and 
diarrhoea are of a mild type. The most unhealthy 
months are from June to September. 

The sanitary conditions of the town of Weihaiwei 
and the neighbouring villages are bad ; but those of 
Port Edward and the settlements on the island of 
Liu-kung-tao are quite satisfactory. 

(5) Pace and Language 

The natives are typical Chinese, and their language 
is the Shantung dialect. They are on the whole very 
uneducated, though most of the villages have locally- 
maintained schools. English as well as Chinese is 
taught in a school on Liu-kung-tao, and a few of the 
natives are educated in the Anglo-Chinese school at 
Port Edward. 

(6) Population 

The census of 1911 showed that the total population 
was 147 177 of whom 1*15 were Europeans. Ihere 
is no register of births and deaths, but it was estimated 
that nt the time of the census there were 998 children 
56 days oM oTunder. The density of population is 

^T^tSScf Lludes about 330 villages and 
towns The town of Weihaiwei, which is under Chinese 
iurisdiction, is of the usual type of walled city Its 
population is about 4,600, mainly consisting of the 

PO T^most?mportanttownisMa-tou orPortEd^rd, 
a port about 1| miles to the north of Weihaiwei. 


50 


GEOGRAPHY 


[if 0.71 


Under British control it has become a thriving and 
sanitary place. It is the seat of government, and has 
a good junk anchorage and a pier. The population 
(about 4,000) resides on the island of Liu-kung-tao, 
where there are two villages. This island is Government 
property and no cultivation is permitted. About 20 
miles south of Weihaiwei is the district town of Wen- 
teng. 


II. POLITICAL HISTORY 

^No^Wof thisSt t0 be ^^ ^ COnjunction with CMm ' 

w^r^ 1 W ,t S one of the na ™l bases of the 
Northern Fleet (Pei-yang) of China before the Chino- 
Japanese War and the islands forming the sea bulwark 
pi the bay had been fortified under German auspices 
in the modern fashion. In the winter of 1894-5 it was 
captured by the Japanese, who continued to occupy it 
under Article VIII of the Treaty of Shimonoseki as 
a guarantee for the faithful performance of the Treaty 
stipulations To counterbalance the action of Russia 
in exacting the lease of Port Arthur from the Chinese, 
threat Eritamm 1898 demanded the reversionary lease 
ot Weihaiwei after Japan should have relinquished 
possession. fc . 

-By a convention of July 1, 1898, China leased 
Weihaiwei and the adjacent waters to Great Britain 
lor so long a period as Port Arthur shall remain in the 
occupation of Russia'. The territory involved com- 
prises the island of Liu-kung-tao and all the islands in 
the Bay of Weihaiwei, and a belt of land 10 English 
miies^wide along the coast-line of the bay. Within the 
leased territory Great Britain has sole jurisdiction 
(except as regards the town of Weihaiwei), and outside 
it acquired the right to erect fortifications, station 
troops, or take any other defensive measures at any 


weihaiwei] POLITICAL HISTORY 51 

points on or near the coast of the region east of 120° 40' 
east longitude, and also to acquire sites for water-suppby, 
communications, and hospitals. Withmthis exterior 
zone Chinese administration continued but ** tr °°P s 
other than British or Chinese were allowed to enter 
Lside the walled town of Wfhaiwei.the jurisdiction of 
Chinese officials continued, * except so far as may be 
i C nc"nsTstent with naval and military reogjaa^tafor 
the defence of the territory leased . Chinese vessels 
of war, 'whether neutral or' otherwise, shall retain the 

ties of Shantung, altnouguM 

were numerous. ^^^"^ a „ 
and good sense of the Chinese omc ^ 

trrSVs^ g — to the Chinese sense 
of justice. 


s 2 


52 


[»o.n 


III. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 

(A) MEANS OF COMMUNICATION 

(1) Internal 
(a) Roads 

Port Edward, the seat of government, and the town 
of Weihaiwei are connected by roads with the five 
market towns, Yangting, Fenglin, Chiaotow, Tsao-miao, 
and Kushanhow, and with the principal villages. A 
road runs on from Yangting across the western boun- , 
dary to Chefoo, 56 miles from Weihaiwei. Since the 
occupation of the territory, most of the expenditure 
on public works has been devoted to roadmaking, 
which went forward energetically during the first few 
years but has since remained stationary, repairs only 
having been undertaken. Mr. R. F. Johnston 1 points 
out that the owners of arable land do not ask for 
compensation when roads are made across their 
property. They are content with the increased price 
of agricultural produce, and the consequent rise in 
the - value of land, resulting from the improvement 
of communications. They have even taken to road- 
making at their own initiative and expense. They have 
also petitioned the Government of Weihaiwei to urge 
the Governor of the Chinese province of Shantung to 
extend the Weihaiwei road system into Chinese 
territory, so as to allow of cart traffic between Weihai- 
wei and the Chinese district cities of Jungcheng, 
Wenteng, and Ninghai. • 

(&) Rivers 

There are no rivers of any size in the territory, 
mainly because the rainfall is so scanty. 

1 Lion and Dragon in Northern China, p. 94, 


weihaiwei] ROADS; POSTS, ETC.; PORTS 53 

(c) Railways 
There are no railways in Weihaiwei. Lord Salisbury 
as Foreign Minister wrote a dispatch to Sir .brant 
Lascelles?. the British Ambassador in Berlin, dated 
April 2, 1898, in explanation of Great Britain s action 
in occupying Weihaiwei, 'since it is not posjble to 
make Weihaiwei a commercial port .and it would never 
be worth while to connect it with the interior by 
railway. ... If desired, a formal undertaking .on tfoa 
point will be given.' It does not appear, however, that 
any such undertaking has been given. 

(d) Posts, Telegraphs, and Telephones 

, VSZS^I^^ by^th/chinese postal 

^Eastern Telegraph Company has a cable con- 
neSg wSSwei wfth'chef oo, ^™ annual 
subsidy of £4,000 for maintaining the semce 

Telephone systems are installed on the isiana ( 
Liu-kung-tao and in Port Edward. 

(2) External 

(a) Ports 

rra,„ T, Q r>.nnr of Weihaiwei is 
AccommodaUon-The £ a ™™. east its northern 

formed by a B^f^^^^^ The harbour 
and southern points being 1, ^1« £P a of Liu . 

is ice-free throughout rthe ^ a ™ it p0ssib le to enter 

either from north-eas t or sou ters of a ^le 

wide and is always used oy mi i es wide, 

draught. The eastern prance is 

and is navigable ^ ^Xwest corner of the island 

£^W. ta?S^ ** - inland the water 


54 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[NO. 


71 


shoals rapidly. All cargo work has hitherto had to be 
done by means of lighters or other small vessels which 
can be beached. In 1916, however, the Wu Kou pier 
for junks was begun Its estimated cost was 40,000 
dollars, and it was expected to be completed by 1918. 
In the north of the bay is Weigal cove, with a landing- 
pier for boats ; and south of this is Narcissus Bay 
(general depth 18 ft.) in which is Port Edward, with 
a landing-pier for steamers and a stone pier near Flag- 
staff Point. The naval station is on the island of 
Liu-kung-tao, but trade and shipping business are con- 
centrated at Port Edward. 

Nature, and Volume of Trade. — In the decade from 
1904 to 1914 the number of steamers visiting Weihaiwei 
rose from 315 to 672, and the tonnage from 317,595 to 
631,578. In 1914 2,351 junks entered and cleared from 
the port. Returns of the nationality of steamers in. 
1914 are not available, but the figures for 1915 were 433 
British, 139 Chinese, and 85 Japanese, out of a total 
of 668. - 

Adequacy to Economic Needs. — The absence of rail- 
way connexion with the hinterland and of facilities for 
repairing ships and for loading and unloading cargo, 
together with the situation of Weihaiwei between 
Chefoo and Tsingtao, make it pnlikely that the trade 
of the port will develop to any great extent. The 
blockade of Tsingtao in 1914 resulted in several of 
the coast towns turning to Weihaiwei for their supplies 
of kerosene oil, matches, and cotton yarn, but this 
was of course merely temporary. The trade of the port, 
however, has already prospered and the revenue has 
advanced more than could have been expected. 

(6) Shipping Lines 

In 1902 a contract was made with the Indo-China 
Steam Navigation Company, by which, in consideration 
of a Government subsidy. amounting to £1,000 per 
annum, their vessels call at Weihaiwei instead of 
Chefoo on the voyage between Shanghai and Tientsin. 

British steamship companies provide tonnage 


weihaiwei] PORTS; SHIPPING; INDUSTRY 55 

between Weihaiwei and Hongkong at low rates. The 
British firm of Butterfield & Swire have inaugurated 
a system by' which shippers obtain a deferred rebate 
if they confine their future custom to certain specified 
British lines. 

(B) INDUSTRY 

(1) Labour 
The supply of labour is sufficient, and the conditions 

^There is normally a certain amount of temporary 
emotion to Manchuria and South Aj^j^ 
workers return with large earnings ^ " ^"^ 
permanent emigration of the smaller land; h ^ ers to 
Chihli and Manchuria. There is no immigration. 

(2) Agriculture 
(a) Products of Commercial Value 

P t«l* are fcf^^'fflt 
value. The oil obteine « <&£»*, and olive 
Europe for the ™uufaoture oi marg ^^ 

oil, and also %^f^%Z isusedfor <*" tWo » d 
ing purposes. The residual e ^^ ^ 

Md „titosT;ound-nn e tS and oil Exported from 1912 
Tml 1 ngure g s for values are not avada M : 

1 niQ 1Q14 1915. LJIO. 

iqi9 191a. i»i*. 

Unahelled nuts .3,780 »,«« • 2 „; 3 72 173,034 

Kernels . • 12j>.«j. '?°;°? 9 I0 ,788 26,666 13,067 

0,1 . , picu, wa, J**« by treaty a, .,»va..nt to l«t lb. 


56 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 71 


The striking increase in 1915 was due to the fact 
f ™f r .° l ul ? d - nuts which usually go to Tsingtao arrived 
at Weihaiwei. A larger percentage of oil can be 
obtained in Europe when the kernels alone are 
exported than when the shelling has to be done after 
arrival A further advantage in shipping kernels or 
oil rather than whole nuts is the saving in freight. 
,, ™;~ fe dk-wormsfeed on the oak sc rub common on 
the Weihaiwei hills, and thorn-fed silk-worms, which 
produce silk of better quality, are reared at Lai Tang, 
Uung Chu, and Chowtsun. The raw silk is exported 
to spinners at Chefoo. Mulberries might with advan- 
tage be grown. & 

™ T i m a o C ^~"^ n e ?P erime ntal tobacco farm was started 
Si V^i he British " American Tobacco Company 
at Menchiachuang, 20 miles from Port Edward. Leaf 
o± a good quality has been produced, but not in suffi- 
cient quantity for a large export. 

(b) Methods of Cultivation 

mS* Clli T 6 m f th ° d ° f cult ^ation is intensive, as 
much care being lavished on each individual plant as 

diw! f ga * d ^ er WOuld ex P end u P° n aplant 
destined for exhibition. The Chinaman is moreover 

L™t m T ^ ™ - the a PP licat ion of all kinds of 
manure Little irrigation is possible, on account of 
the want of water. 

(c) Forestry 

™I he * ba / e an 5 treeless appearance which Weihaiwei 
Presents from the sea has caused it to be described as 
a colder Aden '. Where trees are to be seen, they 
are generally yews or cypresses round the family 
graveyards the natives in their search for fuel being 
accustomed to scrape the ground bare even of grass. 

Keattorestation has been begun on a large scale by 
the British Government, especially on the island of 
i^iu-kung-tao. On the mainland it is not easy to obtain 
ground for afforestation, as the natives use it for scrub 


weihaiwei] AGRICULTURE ; FORESTRY, ETC. 57 

oaks. An expert was brought from Hongkong, and 
under his superintendence a number of firs, yews, 
acacias, willows, and Lombardy poplars have been 
planted, but caterpillars and other pests have wrought 
much havoc. Shade trees are badly needed to protect 
the soil. , ' - 

(d) Land Tenure 
Weihaiwei is a land of peasant- proprietors, but the 
proprietorship is vested in the family or clan rather 
than in the individual. Each family in' the group con- 
stituting the village has rights Over a common tract 
of pasture land. No individual can sell his land, unless 
the deed of sale bears the consent of all the other 
members of the clan. To this system is due the absence 
of pauperism and the orderliness of the population, 
since nearly every one has a stake in the land and 
nothing to gain from revolution. Absolute sales of 
land have been growing more common in Weihaiwei 
as the inhabitants have begun to feel more desire and 
to find more opportunities for careers other than 
agricultural. Government deed forms are distributed 
to sellers and purchasers of land by the district ] head- 
man, and these deeds have no legal ya hdi ty till they 
are registered. The price of land m.1912 was £17 an 
acre, less than half what it was a few years ago. 

(3) FISHERIES 

The fisheries are W^^^J^l^^X 
artirlP of exoort No recent figures are avaiiaoie, 

butted is^atly large trade *****£%£ 
by junks between Weihaiwei an d s0 ^% 8 °^ 

June to August ; it was said to be pronwui , 
not developed. . 

■"" (4) Minerals 
■rtuaii found in alluvial depo* and afo infc 

disintegrated pyrittc £>£,£££ Srv of 
quartz, which is fairly commou 


58 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[No. 


71 


Weihaiwei. Gold-mining is carried on near the villages 
of Peihukow, Kushanhow, and Pitsu, in the sands of the 
Fungfou River. 

The Weihaiwei Gold Mining Company was formed 
in 1902, on a favourable report by experts ; the com- 
pany was reconstructed later, but has now ceased 
working. In 1905 it employed 400 men. The Com- 
missioner of Weihaiwei wished that gold-mining should 
be carried on more extensively, in combination with 
similar operations in the British sphere of influence 
e ? St i°| f i 21 ° 4 °' east longitude, and proposed that he 
should draw up regulations for its conduct in conjunc- 
tion with the Chinese Governor of Shantung. The 
Germans opposed this on the ground of a previous 
concession to them of the sole mining rights within 
a radius of 250 li (1 mile = about 2J li) from Chefoo. 
Ihe preposterous nature of this claim will be realized 
when it is remembered that Weihaiwei itself is only 
140 h distant from Chefoo. 

Aletter to the Irish Times in December 1900, quoted 
by Mr. C. E. Bruce-Mitford, 1 says : ' a more liberal 
delimitation, say 15 miles farther inland, would have 
placed the Government in possession of what is likely 
to be one of the most prolific and easiest worked coal 
mines in Asia. AH over Weihaiwei iron is to be found 
in great abundance. Nickel is apparently in lesser 
quantities, but copper and tin are very plentiful. 
Altogether the mining prospects of the country are 
inviting.' Little, it seems, has been done to in- 
vestigate any of these prospects more fully. Thirty- 
four prospecting licences were granted in 1903, 39 in 
1904, and 14 in 1905, but since then none have been 
issued. 

Sulphur springs are common. 

(5) Manufactures 

Little in the way of manufacture exists. There has 
lately been started a mill for expressing oil from 

1 The Territory of Weihaiwei, p. 49. 


we^aiwei] MINERALS; MANUFACTURES, ETC. 59 

imported soya beans, and the undertaking is said to ' 
have made large profits. Silk manufacture is carried 
on in a primitive way. Before the war an attempt was 
made to start an industry in weaving ha ir-nets from 
hair imported from Germany. The trade m these 
nets was reported to be growing in 1914, but lack of 
raw material has suspended the enterprise. 

(C) COMMERCE 

(1) Domestic 
Fairs are held at most of the market centres, and also 
at Tanghohsi near Wenchuantang, the he^ajters 
of the southern division of Weihaiwei, and at Peikou 
near the southern Chinese border. 

(2) Foreign 
. ' ■ (a) Exports 

rntasTeiS i?X W - ™-~K 
available. The Commissioner ^ r ^ had 
pointed out that the fact that many new buUdmg ^ 
been erected during the y ear ^'^ n a W ere expect- 
the Chinese merchants ^W£** ^ rep ort for 
ing further expansion of then traae. r 

19 S 15 stated that 479,458 P^^^Snn^ raw 
by steamer. The chief exports are grou d _ 

silk, salt, salt fish and eggs. Figures lor g 
nut export have been given above (p. M>h 

(b) Imports . ' 

Few general figures are ^^/^ef packages 
trade. In 1915 there were m all 17 7,1 V 

imported. The chief ^ tlcl fXrptece"goods, paper, 
oil, sugar, cotton yarns, cotton pie eg Before 

indigo,timber, coal, Chinese ^^f^smg, and 
the war the import of foreign flour was in b^ ^ 

91,270 bags, each weighing 50 lb., 


60 


ECONOMIC CONDITIONS 


[»o.71 


1913. By 1916, however, on account of the rise in the 
price of foreign flour, the import had dropped to 405 
hags. The Chinese are using instead native milled 
flour, of which 39,132 bags were imported in 1916. 
. The two best lamp oils imported are those of the 
Standard Oil Company and the Asiatic Petroleum 
Company. The following table shows the amounts 
imported from 1914 to 1916 :. 


Standard Oil Co. 
Asiatic Petroleum Co. 


1914. 

Gallons. 

329,600 

18,400 


1915. 

Gallons. 
297,600 
36,800 


1916. 

Gallons. 
85,392 
34,000 


. Japanese oil used to be imported from Dairen, but 
it was inferior in quality and importation has ceased. 
Owing to the rise in price, the importation of other 
foreign oil has diminished of late, and a local factory 
has been opened (see p. 12). 

There is a transit trade in ginseng, an aromatic root 
much prized in China for medicinal purposes. The 
annual value of this trade is between 600,000 and 
700,000 dollars. 

(D) FINANCE 

{I) Public Finance 
The revenue of Weihaiwei was at first very small, 
and had to be supplemented by a large grant from 
Imperial funds. Of late years, however, the revenue 
has been rising and the grant in consequence diminish- 
ing. The following table shows the total receipts, 
expenditure, and grant for the period from 1910-11 
to 1916-17 : 


Year. 

Receipts. 

Expenditure. 

Grant 


£ 

£ 

£ 

1910-11 . 

7,692 

14,805 

5,000 

1911-12 . 

7,623 

15,679 

6,000 

1912-13 . 

8,124 

14,919 

6,000 

1913-14 . 

9,573 

17,045 

8,300 

1914-15 , 

11,197 

15,127 .,-. 

5,000 

1915-16 . 

11/807 

.15,921 . 

3,500 

1916-17 . 

12,955 

14,220 " 

1,420 


Weihaiwei] 


IMPORTS; FINANCE 


61 


The main sources of revenue are land-tax, road-tax, 
land and junk registration fees, a monopoly in wine, 
and the rents of Government property. The land-tax 
levied on Europeans is \ per cent, on the value of the 
land they purchase. It brings in about £2,400. Great 
Britain has given a pledge to China that Custom dues 
shall not be imposed. 

(2) Currency 

The Mexican dollar is the official unit of currency 
in Weihaiwei. Its value is 2s. Ofd. Chinese currencies 
of varying values are also in circulation, but as there 
is only a limited amount of trade and no banking, 
details of values and rates are not available. 

(3) Banking 

Cornabe, Eckford & Co., whose head-quarters are 
at Dairen in Manchuria, and Lavers & Clark, both 
firms of general merchants, act as banking agents in 
Weihaiwei.